Mercurial > vim
annotate src/ops.c @ 2439:c587f56735cc vim73
Runtime file updates.
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 30 Jul 2010 21:49:40 +0200 |
parents | ccda151dde4e |
children | 348f64c129df |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * ops.c: implementation of various operators: op_shift, op_delete, op_tilde, | |
12 * op_change, op_yank, do_put, do_join | |
13 */ | |
14 | |
15 #include "vim.h" | |
16 | |
17 /* | |
18 * Number of registers. | |
19 * 0 = unnamed register, for normal yanks and puts | |
20 * 1..9 = registers '1' to '9', for deletes | |
21 * 10..35 = registers 'a' to 'z' | |
22 * 36 = delete register '-' | |
23 * 37 = Selection register '*'. Only if FEAT_CLIPBOARD defined | |
24 * 38 = Clipboard register '+'. Only if FEAT_CLIPBOARD and FEAT_X11 defined | |
25 */ | |
26 /* | |
27 * Symbolic names for some registers. | |
28 */ | |
29 #define DELETION_REGISTER 36 | |
30 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
31 # define STAR_REGISTER 37 | |
32 # ifdef FEAT_X11 | |
33 # define PLUS_REGISTER 38 | |
34 # else | |
35 # define PLUS_REGISTER STAR_REGISTER /* there is only one */ | |
36 # endif | |
37 #endif | |
38 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
39 # define TILDE_REGISTER (PLUS_REGISTER + 1) | |
40 #endif | |
41 | |
42 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
43 # ifdef FEAT_DND | |
44 # define NUM_REGISTERS (TILDE_REGISTER + 1) | |
45 # else | |
46 # define NUM_REGISTERS (PLUS_REGISTER + 1) | |
47 # endif | |
48 #else | |
49 # define NUM_REGISTERS 37 | |
50 #endif | |
51 | |
52 /* | |
53 * Each yank register is an array of pointers to lines. | |
54 */ | |
55 static struct yankreg | |
56 { | |
57 char_u **y_array; /* pointer to array of line pointers */ | |
58 linenr_T y_size; /* number of lines in y_array */ | |
59 char_u y_type; /* MLINE, MCHAR or MBLOCK */ | |
60 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
61 colnr_T y_width; /* only set if y_type == MBLOCK */ | |
62 #endif | |
63 } y_regs[NUM_REGISTERS]; | |
64 | |
65 static struct yankreg *y_current; /* ptr to current yankreg */ | |
66 static int y_append; /* TRUE when appending */ | |
67 static struct yankreg *y_previous = NULL; /* ptr to last written yankreg */ | |
68 | |
69 /* | |
70 * structure used by block_prep, op_delete and op_yank for blockwise operators | |
71 * also op_change, op_shift, op_insert, op_replace - AKelly | |
72 */ | |
73 struct block_def | |
74 { | |
1839 | 75 int startspaces; /* 'extra' cols before first char */ |
76 int endspaces; /* 'extra' cols after last char */ | |
7 | 77 int textlen; /* chars in block */ |
1839 | 78 char_u *textstart; /* pointer to 1st char (partially) in block */ |
79 colnr_T textcol; /* index of chars (partially) in block */ | |
7 | 80 colnr_T start_vcol; /* start col of 1st char wholly inside block */ |
81 colnr_T end_vcol; /* start col of 1st char wholly after block */ | |
82 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
83 int is_short; /* TRUE if line is too short to fit in block */ | |
84 int is_MAX; /* TRUE if curswant==MAXCOL when starting */ | |
85 int is_oneChar; /* TRUE if block within one character */ | |
86 int pre_whitesp; /* screen cols of ws before block */ | |
87 int pre_whitesp_c; /* chars of ws before block */ | |
88 colnr_T end_char_vcols; /* number of vcols of post-block char */ | |
89 #endif | |
90 colnr_T start_char_vcols; /* number of vcols of pre-block char */ | |
91 }; | |
92 | |
93 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
94 static void shift_block __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, int amount)); | |
95 static void block_insert __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, char_u *s, int b_insert, struct block_def*bdp)); | |
96 #endif | |
97 static int stuff_yank __ARGS((int, char_u *)); | |
1034 | 98 static void put_reedit_in_typebuf __ARGS((int silent)); |
1077 | 99 static int put_in_typebuf __ARGS((char_u *s, int esc, int colon, |
100 int silent)); | |
7 | 101 static void stuffescaped __ARGS((char_u *arg, int literally)); |
102 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
103 static void mb_adjust_opend __ARGS((oparg_T *oap)); | |
104 #endif | |
105 static void free_yank __ARGS((long)); | |
106 static void free_yank_all __ARGS((void)); | |
107 static int yank_copy_line __ARGS((struct block_def *bd, long y_idx)); | |
108 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
109 static void copy_yank_reg __ARGS((struct yankreg *reg)); | |
110 # if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
111 static void may_set_selection __ARGS((void)); | |
112 # endif | |
113 #endif | |
114 static void dis_msg __ARGS((char_u *p, int skip_esc)); | |
115 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
116 static void block_prep __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, struct block_def *, linenr_T, int)); | |
117 #endif | |
118 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
119 static void str_to_reg __ARGS((struct yankreg *y_ptr, int type, char_u *str, long len, long blocklen)); | |
120 #endif | |
121 static int ends_in_white __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
122 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
123 static int same_leader __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int, char_u *, int, char_u *)); | |
124 static int fmt_check_par __ARGS((linenr_T, int *, char_u **, int do_comments)); | |
125 #else | |
126 static int fmt_check_par __ARGS((linenr_T)); | |
127 #endif | |
128 | |
129 /* | |
130 * The names of operators. | |
131 * IMPORTANT: Index must correspond with defines in vim.h!!! | |
132 * The third field indicates whether the operator always works on lines. | |
133 */ | |
134 static char opchars[][3] = | |
135 { | |
136 {NUL, NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_NOP */ | |
137 {'d', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_DELETE */ | |
138 {'y', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_YANK */ | |
139 {'c', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_CHANGE */ | |
140 {'<', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_LSHIFT */ | |
141 {'>', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_RSHIFT */ | |
142 {'!', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_FILTER */ | |
143 {'g', '~', FALSE}, /* OP_TILDE */ | |
144 {'=', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_INDENT */ | |
145 {'g', 'q', TRUE}, /* OP_FORMAT */ | |
146 {':', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_COLON */ | |
147 {'g', 'U', FALSE}, /* OP_UPPER */ | |
148 {'g', 'u', FALSE}, /* OP_LOWER */ | |
149 {'J', NUL, TRUE}, /* DO_JOIN */ | |
150 {'g', 'J', TRUE}, /* DO_JOIN_NS */ | |
151 {'g', '?', FALSE}, /* OP_ROT13 */ | |
152 {'r', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_REPLACE */ | |
153 {'I', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_INSERT */ | |
154 {'A', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_APPEND */ | |
155 {'z', 'f', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLD */ | |
156 {'z', 'o', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDOPEN */ | |
157 {'z', 'O', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDOPENREC */ | |
158 {'z', 'c', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDCLOSE */ | |
159 {'z', 'C', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDCLOSEREC */ | |
160 {'z', 'd', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDDEL */ | |
161 {'z', 'D', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDDELREC */ | |
162 {'g', 'w', TRUE}, /* OP_FORMAT2 */ | |
603 | 163 {'g', '@', FALSE}, /* OP_FUNCTION */ |
7 | 164 }; |
165 | |
166 /* | |
167 * Translate a command name into an operator type. | |
168 * Must only be called with a valid operator name! | |
169 */ | |
170 int | |
171 get_op_type(char1, char2) | |
172 int char1; | |
173 int char2; | |
174 { | |
175 int i; | |
176 | |
177 if (char1 == 'r') /* ignore second character */ | |
178 return OP_REPLACE; | |
179 if (char1 == '~') /* when tilde is an operator */ | |
180 return OP_TILDE; | |
181 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
182 if (opchars[i][0] == char1 && opchars[i][1] == char2) | |
183 break; | |
184 return i; | |
185 } | |
186 | |
187 #if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
188 /* | |
189 * Return TRUE if operator "op" always works on whole lines. | |
190 */ | |
191 int | |
192 op_on_lines(op) | |
193 int op; | |
194 { | |
195 return opchars[op][2]; | |
196 } | |
197 #endif | |
198 | |
199 /* | |
200 * Get first operator command character. | |
201 * Returns 'g' or 'z' if there is another command character. | |
202 */ | |
203 int | |
204 get_op_char(optype) | |
205 int optype; | |
206 { | |
207 return opchars[optype][0]; | |
208 } | |
209 | |
210 /* | |
211 * Get second operator command character. | |
212 */ | |
213 int | |
214 get_extra_op_char(optype) | |
215 int optype; | |
216 { | |
217 return opchars[optype][1]; | |
218 } | |
219 | |
220 /* | |
221 * op_shift - handle a shift operation | |
222 */ | |
223 void | |
224 op_shift(oap, curs_top, amount) | |
225 oparg_T *oap; | |
226 int curs_top; | |
227 int amount; | |
228 { | |
229 long i; | |
230 int first_char; | |
231 char_u *s; | |
232 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
233 int block_col = 0; | |
234 #endif | |
235 | |
236 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
237 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
238 return; | |
239 | |
240 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
241 if (oap->block_mode) | |
242 block_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
243 #endif | |
244 | |
245 for (i = oap->line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
246 { | |
247 first_char = *ml_get_curline(); | |
248 if (first_char == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
249 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
250 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
251 else if (oap->block_mode) | |
252 shift_block(oap, amount); | |
253 #endif | |
254 else | |
255 /* Move the line right if it doesn't start with '#', 'smartindent' | |
256 * isn't set or 'cindent' isn't set or '#' isn't in 'cino'. */ | |
257 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
258 if (first_char != '#' || !preprocs_left()) | |
259 #endif | |
260 { | |
1516 | 261 shift_line(oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT, p_sr, amount, FALSE); |
7 | 262 } |
263 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
264 } | |
265 | |
266 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
267 | |
268 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
269 if (oap->block_mode) | |
270 { | |
271 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
272 curwin->w_cursor.col = block_col; | |
273 } | |
274 else | |
275 #endif | |
276 if (curs_top) /* put cursor on first line, for ">>" */ | |
277 { | |
278 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
279 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); /* shift_line() may have set cursor.col */ | |
280 } | |
281 else | |
282 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; /* put cursor on last line, for ":>" */ | |
283 | |
284 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
285 { | |
286 if (oap->op_type == OP_RSHIFT) | |
287 s = (char_u *)">"; | |
288 else | |
289 s = (char_u *)"<"; | |
290 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
291 { | |
292 if (amount == 1) | |
293 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("1 line %sed 1 time"), s); | |
294 else | |
295 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("1 line %sed %d times"), s, amount); | |
296 } | |
297 else | |
298 { | |
299 if (amount == 1) | |
300 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("%ld lines %sed 1 time"), | |
301 oap->line_count, s); | |
302 else | |
303 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("%ld lines %sed %d times"), | |
304 oap->line_count, s, amount); | |
305 } | |
306 msg(IObuff); | |
307 } | |
308 | |
309 /* | |
310 * Set "'[" and "']" marks. | |
311 */ | |
312 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
313 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
314 curbuf->b_op_end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
315 if (curbuf->b_op_end.col > 0) | |
316 --curbuf->b_op_end.col; | |
317 } | |
318 | |
319 /* | |
320 * shift the current line one shiftwidth left (if left != 0) or right | |
321 * leaves cursor on first blank in the line | |
322 */ | |
323 void | |
1516 | 324 shift_line(left, round, amount, call_changed_bytes) |
7 | 325 int left; |
326 int round; | |
327 int amount; | |
1516 | 328 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
7 | 329 { |
330 int count; | |
331 int i, j; | |
332 int p_sw = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
333 | |
334 count = get_indent(); /* get current indent */ | |
335 | |
336 if (round) /* round off indent */ | |
337 { | |
338 i = count / p_sw; /* number of p_sw rounded down */ | |
339 j = count % p_sw; /* extra spaces */ | |
340 if (j && left) /* first remove extra spaces */ | |
341 --amount; | |
342 if (left) | |
343 { | |
344 i -= amount; | |
345 if (i < 0) | |
346 i = 0; | |
347 } | |
348 else | |
349 i += amount; | |
350 count = i * p_sw; | |
351 } | |
352 else /* original vi indent */ | |
353 { | |
354 if (left) | |
355 { | |
356 count -= p_sw * amount; | |
357 if (count < 0) | |
358 count = 0; | |
359 } | |
360 else | |
361 count += p_sw * amount; | |
362 } | |
363 | |
364 /* Set new indent */ | |
365 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
366 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 367 change_indent(INDENT_SET, count, FALSE, NUL, call_changed_bytes); |
7 | 368 else |
369 #endif | |
1516 | 370 (void)set_indent(count, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
7 | 371 } |
372 | |
373 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
374 /* | |
375 * Shift one line of the current block one shiftwidth right or left. | |
376 * Leaves cursor on first character in block. | |
377 */ | |
378 static void | |
379 shift_block(oap, amount) | |
380 oparg_T *oap; | |
381 int amount; | |
382 { | |
383 int left = (oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT); | |
384 int oldstate = State; | |
1839 | 385 int total; |
386 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
7 | 387 int oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
388 int p_sw = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
389 int p_ts = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
390 struct block_def bd; | |
391 int incr; | |
1839 | 392 colnr_T ws_vcol; |
7 | 393 int i = 0, j = 0; |
394 int len; | |
395 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
396 int old_p_ri = p_ri; | |
397 | |
398 p_ri = 0; /* don't want revins in ident */ | |
399 #endif | |
400 | |
401 State = INSERT; /* don't want REPLACE for State */ | |
402 block_prep(oap, &bd, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); | |
403 if (bd.is_short) | |
404 return; | |
405 | |
406 /* total is number of screen columns to be inserted/removed */ | |
407 total = amount * p_sw; | |
408 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
409 | |
410 if (!left) | |
411 { | |
412 /* | |
413 * 1. Get start vcol | |
414 * 2. Total ws vcols | |
415 * 3. Divvy into TABs & spp | |
416 * 4. Construct new string | |
417 */ | |
418 total += bd.pre_whitesp; /* all virtual WS upto & incl a split TAB */ | |
419 ws_vcol = bd.start_vcol - bd.pre_whitesp; | |
420 if (bd.startspaces) | |
421 { | |
422 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
423 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 424 bd.textstart += (*mb_ptr2len)(bd.textstart); |
1995 | 425 else |
426 #endif | |
427 ++bd.textstart; | |
7 | 428 } |
429 for ( ; vim_iswhite(*bd.textstart); ) | |
430 { | |
431 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&bd.textstart, (colnr_T)(bd.start_vcol)); | |
432 total += incr; | |
433 bd.start_vcol += incr; | |
434 } | |
435 /* OK, now total=all the VWS reqd, and textstart points at the 1st | |
436 * non-ws char in the block. */ | |
437 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
438 i = ((ws_vcol % p_ts) + total) / p_ts; /* number of tabs */ | |
439 if (i) | |
440 j = ((ws_vcol % p_ts) + total) % p_ts; /* number of spp */ | |
441 else | |
442 j = total; | |
443 /* if we're splitting a TAB, allow for it */ | |
444 bd.textcol -= bd.pre_whitesp_c - (bd.startspaces != 0); | |
445 len = (int)STRLEN(bd.textstart) + 1; | |
446 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(bd.textcol + i + j + len)); | |
447 if (newp == NULL) | |
448 return; | |
449 vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(bd.textcol + i + j + len)); | |
450 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
451 copy_chars(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)i, TAB); | |
452 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol + i, (size_t)j); | |
453 /* the end */ | |
454 mch_memmove(newp + bd.textcol + i + j, bd.textstart, (size_t)len); | |
455 } | |
456 else /* left */ | |
457 { | |
1839 | 458 colnr_T destination_col; /* column to which text in block will |
459 be shifted */ | |
460 char_u *verbatim_copy_end; /* end of the part of the line which is | |
461 copied verbatim */ | |
462 colnr_T verbatim_copy_width;/* the (displayed) width of this part | |
463 of line */ | |
464 unsigned fill; /* nr of spaces that replace a TAB */ | |
465 unsigned new_line_len; /* the length of the line after the | |
466 block shift */ | |
467 size_t block_space_width; | |
468 size_t shift_amount; | |
469 char_u *non_white = bd.textstart; | |
470 colnr_T non_white_col; | |
471 | |
472 /* | |
473 * Firstly, let's find the first non-whitespace character that is | |
474 * displayed after the block's start column and the character's column | |
475 * number. Also, let's calculate the width of all the whitespace | |
476 * characters that are displayed in the block and precede the searched | |
477 * non-whitespace character. | |
478 */ | |
479 | |
480 /* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character, | |
481 * the part of which is displayed at the block's beginning. Let's start | |
482 * searching from the next character. */ | |
483 if (bd.startspaces) | |
484 mb_ptr_adv(non_white); | |
485 | |
486 /* The character's column is in "bd.start_vcol". */ | |
487 non_white_col = bd.start_vcol; | |
488 | |
489 while (vim_iswhite(*non_white)) | |
7 | 490 { |
1839 | 491 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&non_white, non_white_col); |
492 non_white_col += incr; | |
7 | 493 } |
1839 | 494 |
495 block_space_width = non_white_col - oap->start_vcol; | |
496 /* We will shift by "total" or "block_space_width", whichever is less. | |
497 */ | |
1860 | 498 shift_amount = (block_space_width < (size_t)total |
499 ? block_space_width : (size_t)total); | |
1839 | 500 |
501 /* The column to which we will shift the text. */ | |
1860 | 502 destination_col = (colnr_T)(non_white_col - shift_amount); |
1839 | 503 |
504 /* Now let's find out how much of the beginning of the line we can | |
505 * reuse without modification. */ | |
506 verbatim_copy_end = bd.textstart; | |
507 verbatim_copy_width = bd.start_vcol; | |
508 | |
509 /* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character | |
510 * preceding the block. We have to subtract its width to obtain its | |
511 * column number. */ | |
512 if (bd.startspaces) | |
513 verbatim_copy_width -= bd.start_char_vcols; | |
514 while (verbatim_copy_width < destination_col) | |
7 | 515 { |
1839 | 516 incr = lbr_chartabsize(verbatim_copy_end, verbatim_copy_width); |
517 if (verbatim_copy_width + incr > destination_col) | |
518 break; | |
519 verbatim_copy_width += incr; | |
520 mb_ptr_adv(verbatim_copy_end); | |
7 | 521 } |
522 | |
1839 | 523 /* If "destination_col" is different from the width of the initial |
524 * part of the line that will be copied, it means we encountered a tab | |
525 * character, which we will have to partly replace with spaces. */ | |
526 fill = destination_col - verbatim_copy_width; | |
527 | |
528 /* The replacement line will consist of: | |
529 * - the beginning of the original line up to "verbatim_copy_end", | |
530 * - "fill" number of spaces, | |
531 * - the rest of the line, pointed to by non_white. */ | |
532 new_line_len = (unsigned)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp) | |
533 + fill | |
534 + (unsigned)STRLEN(non_white) + 1; | |
535 | |
536 newp = alloc_check(new_line_len); | |
7 | 537 if (newp == NULL) |
538 return; | |
1839 | 539 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp)); |
540 copy_spaces(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp), (size_t)fill); | |
541 STRMOVE(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp) + fill, non_white); | |
7 | 542 } |
543 /* replace the line */ | |
544 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
545 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (colnr_T)bd.textcol); | |
546 State = oldstate; | |
547 curwin->w_cursor.col = oldcol; | |
548 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
549 p_ri = old_p_ri; | |
550 #endif | |
551 } | |
552 #endif | |
553 | |
554 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
555 /* | |
556 * Insert string "s" (b_insert ? before : after) block :AKelly | |
557 * Caller must prepare for undo. | |
558 */ | |
559 static void | |
560 block_insert(oap, s, b_insert, bdp) | |
561 oparg_T *oap; | |
562 char_u *s; | |
563 int b_insert; | |
564 struct block_def *bdp; | |
565 { | |
566 int p_ts; | |
567 int count = 0; /* extra spaces to replace a cut TAB */ | |
568 int spaces = 0; /* non-zero if cutting a TAB */ | |
569 colnr_T offset; /* pointer along new line */ | |
570 unsigned s_len; /* STRLEN(s) */ | |
571 char_u *newp, *oldp; /* new, old lines */ | |
572 linenr_T lnum; /* loop var */ | |
573 int oldstate = State; | |
574 | |
575 State = INSERT; /* don't want REPLACE for State */ | |
576 s_len = (unsigned)STRLEN(s); | |
577 | |
578 for (lnum = oap->start.lnum + 1; lnum <= oap->end.lnum; lnum++) | |
579 { | |
580 block_prep(oap, bdp, lnum, TRUE); | |
581 if (bdp->is_short && b_insert) | |
582 continue; /* OP_INSERT, line ends before block start */ | |
583 | |
584 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
585 | |
586 if (b_insert) | |
587 { | |
588 p_ts = bdp->start_char_vcols; | |
589 spaces = bdp->startspaces; | |
590 if (spaces != 0) | |
591 count = p_ts - 1; /* we're cutting a TAB */ | |
592 offset = bdp->textcol; | |
593 } | |
594 else /* append */ | |
595 { | |
596 p_ts = bdp->end_char_vcols; | |
597 if (!bdp->is_short) /* spaces = padding after block */ | |
598 { | |
599 spaces = (bdp->endspaces ? p_ts - bdp->endspaces : 0); | |
600 if (spaces != 0) | |
601 count = p_ts - 1; /* we're cutting a TAB */ | |
602 offset = bdp->textcol + bdp->textlen - (spaces != 0); | |
603 } | |
604 else /* spaces = padding to block edge */ | |
605 { | |
606 /* if $ used, just append to EOL (ie spaces==0) */ | |
607 if (!bdp->is_MAX) | |
608 spaces = (oap->end_vcol - bdp->end_vcol) + 1; | |
609 count = spaces; | |
610 offset = bdp->textcol + bdp->textlen; | |
611 } | |
612 } | |
613 | |
614 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp)) + s_len + count + 1); | |
615 if (newp == NULL) | |
616 continue; | |
617 | |
618 /* copy up to shifted part */ | |
619 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(offset)); | |
620 oldp += offset; | |
621 | |
622 /* insert pre-padding */ | |
623 copy_spaces(newp + offset, (size_t)spaces); | |
624 | |
625 /* copy the new text */ | |
626 mch_memmove(newp + offset + spaces, s, (size_t)s_len); | |
627 offset += s_len; | |
628 | |
629 if (spaces && !bdp->is_short) | |
630 { | |
631 /* insert post-padding */ | |
632 copy_spaces(newp + offset + spaces, (size_t)(p_ts - spaces)); | |
633 /* We're splitting a TAB, don't copy it. */ | |
634 oldp++; | |
635 /* We allowed for that TAB, remember this now */ | |
636 count++; | |
637 } | |
638 | |
639 if (spaces > 0) | |
640 offset += count; | |
1622 | 641 STRMOVE(newp + offset, oldp); |
7 | 642 |
643 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
644 | |
645 if (lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
646 { | |
647 /* Set "']" mark to the end of the block instead of the end of | |
648 * the insert in the first line. */ | |
649 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
650 curbuf->b_op_end.col = offset; | |
651 } | |
652 } /* for all lnum */ | |
653 | |
654 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum + 1, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
655 | |
656 State = oldstate; | |
657 } | |
658 #endif | |
659 | |
660 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
661 /* | |
662 * op_reindent - handle reindenting a block of lines. | |
663 */ | |
664 void | |
665 op_reindent(oap, how) | |
666 oparg_T *oap; | |
667 int (*how) __ARGS((void)); | |
668 { | |
669 long i; | |
670 char_u *l; | |
671 int count; | |
672 linenr_T first_changed = 0; | |
673 linenr_T last_changed = 0; | |
674 linenr_T start_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
675 | |
216 | 676 /* Don't even try when 'modifiable' is off. */ |
677 if (!curbuf->b_p_ma) | |
678 { | |
679 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); | |
680 return; | |
681 } | |
682 | |
7 | 683 for (i = oap->line_count; --i >= 0 && !got_int; ) |
684 { | |
685 /* it's a slow thing to do, so give feedback so there's no worry that | |
686 * the computer's just hung. */ | |
687 | |
688 if (i > 1 | |
689 && (i % 50 == 0 || i == oap->line_count - 1) | |
690 && oap->line_count > p_report) | |
691 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines to indent... "), i); | |
692 | |
693 /* | |
694 * Be vi-compatible: For lisp indenting the first line is not | |
695 * indented, unless there is only one line. | |
696 */ | |
697 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
698 if (i != oap->line_count - 1 || oap->line_count == 1 | |
699 || how != get_lisp_indent) | |
700 #endif | |
701 { | |
702 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
703 if (*l == NUL) /* empty or blank line */ | |
704 count = 0; | |
705 else | |
706 count = how(); /* get the indent for this line */ | |
707 | |
708 if (set_indent(count, SIN_UNDO)) | |
709 { | |
710 /* did change the indent, call changed_lines() later */ | |
711 if (first_changed == 0) | |
712 first_changed = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
713 last_changed = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
714 } | |
715 } | |
716 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1550 | 717 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* make sure it's valid */ |
7 | 718 } |
719 | |
720 /* put cursor on first non-blank of indented line */ | |
721 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum; | |
722 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
723 | |
724 /* Mark changed lines so that they will be redrawn. When Visual | |
725 * highlighting was present, need to continue until the last line. When | |
726 * there is no change still need to remove the Visual highlighting. */ | |
727 if (last_changed != 0) | |
728 changed_lines(first_changed, 0, | |
729 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
730 oap->is_VIsual ? start_lnum + oap->line_count : | |
731 #endif | |
732 last_changed + 1, 0L); | |
733 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
734 else if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
735 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
736 #endif | |
737 | |
738 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
739 { | |
740 i = oap->line_count - (i + 1); | |
741 if (i == 1) | |
742 MSG(_("1 line indented ")); | |
743 else | |
744 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines indented "), i); | |
745 } | |
746 /* set '[ and '] marks */ | |
747 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
748 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
749 } | |
750 #endif /* defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) */ | |
751 | |
752 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
753 /* | |
754 * Keep the last expression line here, for repeating. | |
755 */ | |
756 static char_u *expr_line = NULL; | |
757 | |
758 /* | |
759 * Get an expression for the "\"=expr1" or "CTRL-R =expr1" | |
760 * Returns '=' when OK, NUL otherwise. | |
761 */ | |
762 int | |
763 get_expr_register() | |
764 { | |
765 char_u *new_line; | |
766 | |
767 new_line = getcmdline('=', 0L, 0); | |
768 if (new_line == NULL) | |
769 return NUL; | |
770 if (*new_line == NUL) /* use previous line */ | |
771 vim_free(new_line); | |
772 else | |
773 set_expr_line(new_line); | |
774 return '='; | |
775 } | |
776 | |
777 /* | |
778 * Set the expression for the '=' register. | |
779 * Argument must be an allocated string. | |
780 */ | |
781 void | |
782 set_expr_line(new_line) | |
783 char_u *new_line; | |
784 { | |
785 vim_free(expr_line); | |
786 expr_line = new_line; | |
787 } | |
788 | |
789 /* | |
790 * Get the result of the '=' register expression. | |
791 * Returns a pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. | |
792 */ | |
793 char_u * | |
794 get_expr_line() | |
795 { | |
796 char_u *expr_copy; | |
797 char_u *rv; | |
994 | 798 static int nested = 0; |
7 | 799 |
800 if (expr_line == NULL) | |
801 return NULL; | |
802 | |
803 /* Make a copy of the expression, because evaluating it may cause it to be | |
804 * changed. */ | |
805 expr_copy = vim_strsave(expr_line); | |
806 if (expr_copy == NULL) | |
807 return NULL; | |
808 | |
994 | 809 /* When we are invoked recursively limit the evaluation to 10 levels. |
810 * Then return the string as-is. */ | |
811 if (nested >= 10) | |
812 return expr_copy; | |
813 | |
814 ++nested; | |
714 | 815 rv = eval_to_string(expr_copy, NULL, TRUE); |
994 | 816 --nested; |
7 | 817 vim_free(expr_copy); |
818 return rv; | |
819 } | |
283 | 820 |
821 /* | |
822 * Get the '=' register expression itself, without evaluating it. | |
823 */ | |
824 char_u * | |
825 get_expr_line_src() | |
826 { | |
827 if (expr_line == NULL) | |
828 return NULL; | |
829 return vim_strsave(expr_line); | |
830 } | |
7 | 831 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ |
832 | |
833 /* | |
834 * Check if 'regname' is a valid name of a yank register. | |
835 * Note: There is no check for 0 (default register), caller should do this | |
836 */ | |
837 int | |
838 valid_yank_reg(regname, writing) | |
839 int regname; | |
840 int writing; /* if TRUE check for writable registers */ | |
841 { | |
842 if ( (regname > 0 && ASCII_ISALNUM(regname)) | |
843 || (!writing && vim_strchr((char_u *) | |
844 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
845 "/.%#:=" | |
846 #else | |
847 "/.%#:" | |
848 #endif | |
849 , regname) != NULL) | |
850 || regname == '"' | |
851 || regname == '-' | |
852 || regname == '_' | |
853 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
854 || regname == '*' | |
855 || regname == '+' | |
856 #endif | |
857 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
858 || (!writing && regname == '~') | |
859 #endif | |
860 ) | |
861 return TRUE; | |
862 return FALSE; | |
863 } | |
864 | |
865 /* | |
866 * Set y_current and y_append, according to the value of "regname". | |
867 * Cannot handle the '_' register. | |
140 | 868 * Must only be called with a valid register name! |
7 | 869 * |
870 * If regname is 0 and writing, use register 0 | |
871 * If regname is 0 and reading, use previous register | |
872 */ | |
15 | 873 void |
7 | 874 get_yank_register(regname, writing) |
875 int regname; | |
876 int writing; | |
877 { | |
878 int i; | |
879 | |
880 y_append = FALSE; | |
881 if ((regname == 0 || regname == '"') && !writing && y_previous != NULL) | |
882 { | |
883 y_current = y_previous; | |
884 return; | |
885 } | |
886 i = regname; | |
887 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(i)) | |
888 i -= '0'; | |
889 else if (ASCII_ISLOWER(i)) | |
890 i = CharOrdLow(i) + 10; | |
891 else if (ASCII_ISUPPER(i)) | |
892 { | |
893 i = CharOrdUp(i) + 10; | |
894 y_append = TRUE; | |
895 } | |
896 else if (regname == '-') | |
897 i = DELETION_REGISTER; | |
898 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
899 /* When selection is not available, use register 0 instead of '*' */ | |
900 else if (clip_star.available && regname == '*') | |
901 i = STAR_REGISTER; | |
902 /* When clipboard is not available, use register 0 instead of '+' */ | |
903 else if (clip_plus.available && regname == '+') | |
904 i = PLUS_REGISTER; | |
905 #endif | |
906 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
907 else if (!writing && regname == '~') | |
908 i = TILDE_REGISTER; | |
909 #endif | |
910 else /* not 0-9, a-z, A-Z or '-': use register 0 */ | |
911 i = 0; | |
912 y_current = &(y_regs[i]); | |
913 if (writing) /* remember the register we write into for do_put() */ | |
914 y_previous = y_current; | |
915 } | |
916 | |
15 | 917 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 918 /* |
919 * When "regname" is a clipboard register, obtain the selection. If it's not | |
920 * available return zero, otherwise return "regname". | |
921 */ | |
15 | 922 int |
7 | 923 may_get_selection(regname) |
924 int regname; | |
925 { | |
926 if (regname == '*') | |
927 { | |
928 if (!clip_star.available) | |
929 regname = 0; | |
930 else | |
931 clip_get_selection(&clip_star); | |
932 } | |
933 else if (regname == '+') | |
934 { | |
935 if (!clip_plus.available) | |
936 regname = 0; | |
937 else | |
938 clip_get_selection(&clip_plus); | |
939 } | |
940 return regname; | |
941 } | |
942 #endif | |
943 | |
944 #if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
945 /* | |
946 * Obtain the contents of a "normal" register. The register is made empty. | |
947 * The returned pointer has allocated memory, use put_register() later. | |
948 */ | |
949 void * | |
950 get_register(name, copy) | |
951 int name; | |
952 int copy; /* make a copy, if FALSE make register empty. */ | |
953 { | |
1451 | 954 struct yankreg *reg; |
955 int i; | |
7 | 956 |
957 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
958 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. Obtain the | |
959 * selection too. */ | |
1435 | 960 if (name == '*' && clip_star.available) |
7 | 961 { |
1435 | 962 if (clip_isautosel()) |
963 clip_update_selection(); | |
7 | 964 may_get_selection(name); |
965 } | |
966 #endif | |
967 | |
968 get_yank_register(name, 0); | |
969 reg = (struct yankreg *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct yankreg)); | |
970 if (reg != NULL) | |
971 { | |
972 *reg = *y_current; | |
973 if (copy) | |
974 { | |
975 /* If we run out of memory some or all of the lines are empty. */ | |
976 if (reg->y_size == 0) | |
977 reg->y_array = NULL; | |
978 else | |
979 reg->y_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(char_u *) | |
980 * reg->y_size)); | |
981 if (reg->y_array != NULL) | |
982 { | |
983 for (i = 0; i < reg->y_size; ++i) | |
984 reg->y_array[i] = vim_strsave(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
985 } | |
986 } | |
987 else | |
988 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
989 } | |
990 return (void *)reg; | |
991 } | |
992 | |
993 /* | |
1451 | 994 * Put "reg" into register "name". Free any previous contents and "reg". |
7 | 995 */ |
996 void | |
997 put_register(name, reg) | |
998 int name; | |
999 void *reg; | |
1000 { | |
1001 get_yank_register(name, 0); | |
1002 free_yank_all(); | |
1003 *y_current = *(struct yankreg *)reg; | |
1451 | 1004 vim_free(reg); |
7 | 1005 |
1006 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1007 /* Send text written to clipboard register to the clipboard. */ | |
1008 may_set_selection(); | |
1009 # endif | |
1010 } | |
1011 #endif | |
1012 | |
1013 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) | |
1014 /* | |
1015 * return TRUE if the current yank register has type MLINE | |
1016 */ | |
1017 int | |
1018 yank_register_mline(regname) | |
1019 int regname; | |
1020 { | |
1021 if (regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
1022 return FALSE; | |
1023 if (regname == '_') /* black hole is always empty */ | |
1024 return FALSE; | |
1025 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1026 return (y_current->y_type == MLINE); | |
1027 } | |
1028 #endif | |
1029 | |
1030 /* | |
1157 | 1031 * Start or stop recording into a yank register. |
7 | 1032 * |
1157 | 1033 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. |
7 | 1034 */ |
1035 int | |
1036 do_record(c) | |
1037 int c; | |
1038 { | |
1157 | 1039 char_u *p; |
1040 static int regname; | |
1041 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
1042 int retval; | |
7 | 1043 |
1044 if (Recording == FALSE) /* start recording */ | |
1045 { | |
1046 /* registers 0-9, a-z and " are allowed */ | |
1047 if (c < 0 || (!ASCII_ISALNUM(c) && c != '"')) | |
1048 retval = FAIL; | |
1049 else | |
1050 { | |
1051 Recording = TRUE; | |
1052 showmode(); | |
1053 regname = c; | |
1054 retval = OK; | |
1055 } | |
1056 } | |
1057 else /* stop recording */ | |
1058 { | |
1059 /* | |
1157 | 1060 * Get the recorded key hits. K_SPECIAL and CSI will be escaped, this |
1061 * needs to be removed again to put it in a register. exec_reg then | |
1062 * adds the escaping back later. | |
7 | 1063 */ |
1064 Recording = FALSE; | |
1065 MSG(""); | |
1066 p = get_recorded(); | |
1067 if (p == NULL) | |
1068 retval = FAIL; | |
1069 else | |
1070 { | |
1081 | 1071 /* Remove escaping for CSI and K_SPECIAL in multi-byte chars. */ |
1072 vim_unescape_csi(p); | |
1073 | |
7 | 1074 /* |
1075 * We don't want to change the default register here, so save and | |
1076 * restore the current register name. | |
1077 */ | |
1078 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
1079 old_y_current = y_current; | |
1080 | |
1081 retval = stuff_yank(regname, p); | |
1082 | |
1083 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
1084 y_current = old_y_current; | |
1085 } | |
1086 } | |
1087 return retval; | |
1088 } | |
1089 | |
1090 /* | |
1091 * Stuff string "p" into yank register "regname" as a single line (append if | |
1092 * uppercase). "p" must have been alloced. | |
1093 * | |
1094 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1095 */ | |
1096 static int | |
1097 stuff_yank(regname, p) | |
1098 int regname; | |
1099 char_u *p; | |
1100 { | |
1101 char_u *lp; | |
1102 char_u **pp; | |
1103 | |
1104 /* check for read-only register */ | |
1105 if (regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(regname, TRUE)) | |
1106 { | |
1107 vim_free(p); | |
1108 return FAIL; | |
1109 } | |
1110 if (regname == '_') /* black hole: don't do anything */ | |
1111 { | |
1112 vim_free(p); | |
1113 return OK; | |
1114 } | |
1115 get_yank_register(regname, TRUE); | |
1116 if (y_append && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
1117 { | |
1118 pp = &(y_current->y_array[y_current->y_size - 1]); | |
1119 lp = lalloc((long_u)(STRLEN(*pp) + STRLEN(p) + 1), TRUE); | |
1120 if (lp == NULL) | |
1121 { | |
1122 vim_free(p); | |
1123 return FAIL; | |
1124 } | |
1125 STRCPY(lp, *pp); | |
1126 STRCAT(lp, p); | |
1127 vim_free(p); | |
1128 vim_free(*pp); | |
1129 *pp = lp; | |
1130 } | |
1131 else | |
1132 { | |
1133 free_yank_all(); | |
1134 if ((y_current->y_array = | |
1135 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *))) == NULL) | |
1136 { | |
1137 vim_free(p); | |
1138 return FAIL; | |
1139 } | |
1140 y_current->y_array[0] = p; | |
1141 y_current->y_size = 1; | |
1142 y_current->y_type = MCHAR; /* used to be MLINE, why? */ | |
1143 } | |
1144 return OK; | |
1145 } | |
1146 | |
1893 | 1147 static int execreg_lastc = NUL; |
1148 | |
7 | 1149 /* |
1150 * execute a yank register: copy it into the stuff buffer | |
1151 * | |
1152 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1153 */ | |
1154 int | |
1034 | 1155 do_execreg(regname, colon, addcr, silent) |
7 | 1156 int regname; |
1157 int colon; /* insert ':' before each line */ | |
1158 int addcr; /* always add '\n' to end of line */ | |
1034 | 1159 int silent; /* set "silent" flag in typeahead buffer */ |
7 | 1160 { |
1161 long i; | |
1162 char_u *p; | |
1163 int retval = OK; | |
1164 int remap; | |
1165 | |
1166 if (regname == '@') /* repeat previous one */ | |
168 | 1167 { |
1893 | 1168 if (execreg_lastc == NUL) |
168 | 1169 { |
1170 EMSG(_("E748: No previously used register")); | |
1171 return FAIL; | |
1172 } | |
1893 | 1173 regname = execreg_lastc; |
168 | 1174 } |
7 | 1175 /* check for valid regname */ |
1176 if (regname == '%' || regname == '#' || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
168 | 1177 { |
1178 emsg_invreg(regname); | |
7 | 1179 return FAIL; |
168 | 1180 } |
1893 | 1181 execreg_lastc = regname; |
7 | 1182 |
1183 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1184 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
1185 #endif | |
1186 | |
1187 if (regname == '_') /* black hole: don't stuff anything */ | |
1188 return OK; | |
1189 | |
1190 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
1191 if (regname == ':') /* use last command line */ | |
1192 { | |
1193 if (last_cmdline == NULL) | |
1194 { | |
1195 EMSG(_(e_nolastcmd)); | |
1196 return FAIL; | |
1197 } | |
1198 vim_free(new_last_cmdline); /* don't keep the cmdline containing @: */ | |
1199 new_last_cmdline = NULL; | |
16 | 1200 /* Escape all control characters with a CTRL-V */ |
1201 p = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(last_cmdline, | |
20 | 1202 (char_u *)"\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037", Ctrl_V, FALSE); |
16 | 1203 if (p != NULL) |
480 | 1204 { |
1205 /* When in Visual mode "'<,'>" will be prepended to the command. | |
1206 * Remove it when it's already there. */ | |
1207 if (VIsual_active && STRNCMP(p, "'<,'>", 5) == 0) | |
1077 | 1208 retval = put_in_typebuf(p + 5, TRUE, TRUE, silent); |
480 | 1209 else |
1077 | 1210 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, TRUE, TRUE, silent); |
480 | 1211 } |
16 | 1212 vim_free(p); |
7 | 1213 } |
1214 #endif | |
1215 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1216 else if (regname == '=') | |
1217 { | |
1218 p = get_expr_line(); | |
1219 if (p == NULL) | |
1220 return FAIL; | |
1077 | 1221 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, TRUE, colon, silent); |
7 | 1222 vim_free(p); |
1223 } | |
1224 #endif | |
1225 else if (regname == '.') /* use last inserted text */ | |
1226 { | |
1227 p = get_last_insert_save(); | |
1228 if (p == NULL) | |
1229 { | |
1230 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
1231 return FAIL; | |
1232 } | |
1077 | 1233 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, FALSE, colon, silent); |
7 | 1234 vim_free(p); |
1235 } | |
1236 else | |
1237 { | |
1238 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1239 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1240 return FAIL; | |
1241 | |
1242 /* Disallow remaping for ":@r". */ | |
1243 remap = colon ? REMAP_NONE : REMAP_YES; | |
1244 | |
1245 /* | |
1246 * Insert lines into typeahead buffer, from last one to first one. | |
1247 */ | |
1034 | 1248 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent); |
7 | 1249 for (i = y_current->y_size; --i >= 0; ) |
1250 { | |
1077 | 1251 char_u *escaped; |
1252 | |
7 | 1253 /* insert NL between lines and after last line if type is MLINE */ |
1254 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1 | |
1255 || addcr) | |
1256 { | |
1034 | 1257 if (ins_typebuf((char_u *)"\n", remap, 0, TRUE, silent) == FAIL) |
7 | 1258 return FAIL; |
1259 } | |
1077 | 1260 escaped = vim_strsave_escape_csi(y_current->y_array[i]); |
1261 if (escaped == NULL) | |
1262 return FAIL; | |
1263 retval = ins_typebuf(escaped, remap, 0, TRUE, silent); | |
1264 vim_free(escaped); | |
1265 if (retval == FAIL) | |
7 | 1266 return FAIL; |
1034 | 1267 if (colon && ins_typebuf((char_u *)":", remap, 0, TRUE, silent) |
7 | 1268 == FAIL) |
1269 return FAIL; | |
1270 } | |
1271 Exec_reg = TRUE; /* disable the 'q' command */ | |
1272 } | |
1273 return retval; | |
1274 } | |
1275 | |
1276 /* | |
1277 * If "restart_edit" is not zero, put it in the typeahead buffer, so that it's | |
1278 * used only after other typeahead has been processed. | |
1279 */ | |
1280 static void | |
1034 | 1281 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent) |
1282 int silent; | |
7 | 1283 { |
1284 char_u buf[3]; | |
1285 | |
1286 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
1287 { | |
1288 if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
1289 { | |
1290 buf[0] = 'g'; | |
1291 buf[1] = 'R'; | |
1292 buf[2] = NUL; | |
1293 } | |
1294 else | |
1295 { | |
1296 buf[0] = restart_edit == 'I' ? 'i' : restart_edit; | |
1297 buf[1] = NUL; | |
1298 } | |
1034 | 1299 if (ins_typebuf(buf, REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent) == OK) |
7 | 1300 restart_edit = NUL; |
1301 } | |
1302 } | |
1303 | |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1304 /* |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1305 * Insert register contents "s" into the typeahead buffer, so that it will be |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1306 * executed again. |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1307 * When "esc" is TRUE it is to be taken literally: Escape CSI characters and |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1308 * no remapping. |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1309 */ |
7 | 1310 static int |
1077 | 1311 put_in_typebuf(s, esc, colon, silent) |
7 | 1312 char_u *s; |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1313 int esc; |
7 | 1314 int colon; /* add ':' before the line */ |
1034 | 1315 int silent; |
7 | 1316 { |
1317 int retval = OK; | |
1318 | |
1034 | 1319 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent); |
7 | 1320 if (colon) |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1321 retval = ins_typebuf((char_u *)"\n", REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent); |
7 | 1322 if (retval == OK) |
1077 | 1323 { |
1324 char_u *p; | |
1325 | |
1326 if (esc) | |
1327 p = vim_strsave_escape_csi(s); | |
1328 else | |
1329 p = s; | |
1330 if (p == NULL) | |
1331 retval = FAIL; | |
1332 else | |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1333 retval = ins_typebuf(p, esc ? REMAP_NONE : REMAP_YES, |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1334 0, TRUE, silent); |
1077 | 1335 if (esc) |
1336 vim_free(p); | |
1337 } | |
7 | 1338 if (colon && retval == OK) |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1339 retval = ins_typebuf((char_u *)":", REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent); |
7 | 1340 return retval; |
1341 } | |
1342 | |
1343 /* | |
1344 * Insert a yank register: copy it into the Read buffer. | |
1345 * Used by CTRL-R command and middle mouse button in insert mode. | |
1346 * | |
1347 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1348 */ | |
1349 int | |
1350 insert_reg(regname, literally) | |
1351 int regname; | |
1352 int literally; /* insert literally, not as if typed */ | |
1353 { | |
1354 long i; | |
1355 int retval = OK; | |
1356 char_u *arg; | |
1357 int allocated; | |
1358 | |
1359 /* | |
1360 * It is possible to get into an endless loop by having CTRL-R a in | |
1361 * register a and then, in insert mode, doing CTRL-R a. | |
1362 * If you hit CTRL-C, the loop will be broken here. | |
1363 */ | |
1364 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1365 if (got_int) | |
1366 return FAIL; | |
1367 | |
1368 /* check for valid regname */ | |
1369 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
1370 return FAIL; | |
1371 | |
1372 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1373 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
1374 #endif | |
1375 | |
1376 if (regname == '.') /* insert last inserted text */ | |
1377 retval = stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, TRUE); | |
1378 else if (get_spec_reg(regname, &arg, &allocated, TRUE)) | |
1379 { | |
1380 if (arg == NULL) | |
1381 return FAIL; | |
1382 stuffescaped(arg, literally); | |
1383 if (allocated) | |
1384 vim_free(arg); | |
1385 } | |
1386 else /* name or number register */ | |
1387 { | |
1388 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1389 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1390 retval = FAIL; | |
1391 else | |
1392 { | |
1393 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
1394 { | |
1395 stuffescaped(y_current->y_array[i], literally); | |
1396 /* | |
1397 * Insert a newline between lines and after last line if | |
1398 * y_type is MLINE. | |
1399 */ | |
1400 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
1401 stuffcharReadbuff('\n'); | |
1402 } | |
1403 } | |
1404 } | |
1405 | |
1406 return retval; | |
1407 } | |
1408 | |
1409 /* | |
1410 * Stuff a string into the typeahead buffer, such that edit() will insert it | |
1411 * literally ("literally" TRUE) or interpret is as typed characters. | |
1412 */ | |
1413 static void | |
1414 stuffescaped(arg, literally) | |
1415 char_u *arg; | |
1416 int literally; | |
1417 { | |
1418 int c; | |
1419 char_u *start; | |
1420 | |
1421 while (*arg != NUL) | |
1422 { | |
1423 /* Stuff a sequence of normal ASCII characters, that's fast. Also | |
1424 * stuff K_SPECIAL to get the effect of a special key when "literally" | |
1425 * is TRUE. */ | |
1426 start = arg; | |
1427 while ((*arg >= ' ' | |
1428 #ifndef EBCDIC | |
1429 && *arg < DEL /* EBCDIC: chars above space are normal */ | |
1430 #endif | |
1431 ) | |
1432 || (*arg == K_SPECIAL && !literally)) | |
1433 ++arg; | |
1434 if (arg > start) | |
1435 stuffReadbuffLen(start, (long)(arg - start)); | |
1436 | |
1437 /* stuff a single special character */ | |
1438 if (*arg != NUL) | |
1439 { | |
1440 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1441 if (has_mbyte) | |
1442 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&arg); | |
1443 else | |
1444 #endif | |
1445 c = *arg++; | |
1446 if (literally && ((c < ' ' && c != TAB) || c == DEL)) | |
1447 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_V); | |
1448 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
1449 } | |
1450 } | |
1451 } | |
1452 | |
1453 /* | |
1157 | 1454 * If "regname" is a special register, return TRUE and store a pointer to its |
1455 * value in "argp". | |
7 | 1456 */ |
15 | 1457 int |
7 | 1458 get_spec_reg(regname, argp, allocated, errmsg) |
1459 int regname; | |
1460 char_u **argp; | |
1157 | 1461 int *allocated; /* return: TRUE when value was allocated */ |
7 | 1462 int errmsg; /* give error message when failing */ |
1463 { | |
1464 int cnt; | |
1465 | |
1466 *argp = NULL; | |
1467 *allocated = FALSE; | |
1468 switch (regname) | |
1469 { | |
1470 case '%': /* file name */ | |
1471 if (errmsg) | |
1472 check_fname(); /* will give emsg if not set */ | |
1473 *argp = curbuf->b_fname; | |
1474 return TRUE; | |
1475 | |
1476 case '#': /* alternate file name */ | |
1477 *argp = getaltfname(errmsg); /* may give emsg if not set */ | |
1478 return TRUE; | |
1479 | |
1480 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1481 case '=': /* result of expression */ | |
1482 *argp = get_expr_line(); | |
1483 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1484 return TRUE; | |
1485 #endif | |
1486 | |
1487 case ':': /* last command line */ | |
1488 if (last_cmdline == NULL && errmsg) | |
1489 EMSG(_(e_nolastcmd)); | |
1490 *argp = last_cmdline; | |
1491 return TRUE; | |
1492 | |
1493 case '/': /* last search-pattern */ | |
1494 if (last_search_pat() == NULL && errmsg) | |
1495 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); | |
1496 *argp = last_search_pat(); | |
1497 return TRUE; | |
1498 | |
1499 case '.': /* last inserted text */ | |
1500 *argp = get_last_insert_save(); | |
1501 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1502 if (*argp == NULL && errmsg) | |
1503 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
1504 return TRUE; | |
1505 | |
1506 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
1507 case Ctrl_F: /* Filename under cursor */ | |
1508 case Ctrl_P: /* Path under cursor, expand via "path" */ | |
1509 if (!errmsg) | |
1510 return FALSE; | |
1511 *argp = file_name_at_cursor(FNAME_MESS | FNAME_HYP | |
681 | 1512 | (regname == Ctrl_P ? FNAME_EXP : 0), 1L, NULL); |
7 | 1513 *allocated = TRUE; |
1514 return TRUE; | |
1515 #endif | |
1516 | |
1517 case Ctrl_W: /* word under cursor */ | |
1518 case Ctrl_A: /* WORD (mnemonic All) under cursor */ | |
1519 if (!errmsg) | |
1520 return FALSE; | |
1521 cnt = find_ident_under_cursor(argp, regname == Ctrl_W | |
1522 ? (FIND_IDENT|FIND_STRING) : FIND_STRING); | |
1523 *argp = cnt ? vim_strnsave(*argp, cnt) : NULL; | |
1524 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1525 return TRUE; | |
1526 | |
1527 case '_': /* black hole: always empty */ | |
1528 *argp = (char_u *)""; | |
1529 return TRUE; | |
1530 } | |
1531 | |
1532 return FALSE; | |
1533 } | |
1534 | |
1535 /* | |
15 | 1536 * Paste a yank register into the command line. |
1537 * Only for non-special registers. | |
1538 * Used by CTRL-R command in command-line mode | |
7 | 1539 * insert_reg() can't be used here, because special characters from the |
1540 * register contents will be interpreted as commands. | |
1541 * | |
1542 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1543 */ | |
1544 int | |
1015 | 1545 cmdline_paste_reg(regname, literally, remcr) |
7 | 1546 int regname; |
1547 int literally; /* Insert text literally instead of "as typed" */ | |
1015 | 1548 int remcr; /* don't add trailing CR */ |
7 | 1549 { |
1550 long i; | |
1551 | |
1552 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1553 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1554 return FAIL; | |
1555 | |
1556 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
1557 { | |
1558 cmdline_paste_str(y_current->y_array[i], literally); | |
1559 | |
1015 | 1560 /* Insert ^M between lines and after last line if type is MLINE. |
1561 * Don't do this when "remcr" is TRUE and the next line is empty. */ | |
1562 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE | |
1563 || (i < y_current->y_size - 1 | |
1564 && !(remcr | |
1565 && i == y_current->y_size - 2 | |
1566 && *y_current->y_array[i + 1] == NUL))) | |
7 | 1567 cmdline_paste_str((char_u *)"\r", literally); |
1568 | |
1569 /* Check for CTRL-C, in case someone tries to paste a few thousand | |
1570 * lines and gets bored. */ | |
1571 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1572 if (got_int) | |
1573 return FAIL; | |
1574 } | |
1575 return OK; | |
1576 } | |
1577 | |
1578 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) | |
1579 /* | |
1580 * Adjust the register name pointed to with "rp" for the clipboard being | |
1581 * used always and the clipboard being available. | |
1582 */ | |
1583 void | |
1584 adjust_clip_reg(rp) | |
1585 int *rp; | |
1586 { | |
1587 /* If no reg. specified, and "unnamed" is in 'clipboard', use '*' reg. */ | |
1588 if (*rp == 0 && clip_unnamed) | |
1589 *rp = '*'; | |
1590 if (!clip_star.available && *rp == '*') | |
1591 *rp = 0; | |
1592 if (!clip_plus.available && *rp == '+') | |
1593 *rp = 0; | |
1594 } | |
1595 #endif | |
1596 | |
1597 /* | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1598 * Handle a delete operation. |
7 | 1599 * |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1600 * Return FAIL if undo failed, OK otherwise. |
7 | 1601 */ |
1602 int | |
1603 op_delete(oap) | |
1604 oparg_T *oap; | |
1605 { | |
1606 int n; | |
1607 linenr_T lnum; | |
1608 char_u *ptr; | |
1609 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
1610 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
1611 struct block_def bd; | |
1612 #endif | |
1613 linenr_T old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1614 int did_yank = FALSE; | |
1615 | |
1616 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to do */ | |
1617 return OK; | |
1618 | |
1619 /* Nothing to delete, return here. Do prepare undo, for op_change(). */ | |
1620 if (oap->empty) | |
1621 return u_save_cursor(); | |
1622 | |
1623 if (!curbuf->b_p_ma) | |
1624 { | |
1625 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); | |
1626 return FAIL; | |
1627 } | |
1628 | |
1629 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1630 adjust_clip_reg(&oap->regname); | |
1631 #endif | |
1632 | |
1633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1634 if (has_mbyte) | |
1635 mb_adjust_opend(oap); | |
1636 #endif | |
1637 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1638 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1639 * Imitate the strange Vi behaviour: If the delete spans more than one |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1640 * line and motion_type == MCHAR and the result is a blank line, make the |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1641 * delete linewise. Don't do this for the change command or Visual mode. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1642 */ |
7 | 1643 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
1644 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
1645 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
50 | 1646 && !oap->block_mode |
7 | 1647 #endif |
1648 && oap->line_count > 1 | |
1649 && oap->op_type == OP_DELETE) | |
1650 { | |
1651 ptr = ml_get(oap->end.lnum) + oap->end.col + oap->inclusive; | |
1652 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
1653 if (*ptr == NUL && inindent(0)) | |
1654 oap->motion_type = MLINE; | |
1655 } | |
1656 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1657 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1658 * Check for trying to delete (e.g. "D") in an empty line. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1659 * Note: For the change operator it is ok. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1660 */ |
7 | 1661 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
1662 && oap->line_count == 1 | |
1663 && oap->op_type == OP_DELETE | |
1664 && *ml_get(oap->start.lnum) == NUL) | |
1665 { | |
1666 /* | |
446 | 1667 * It's an error to operate on an empty region, when 'E' included in |
7 | 1668 * 'cpoptions' (Vi compatible). |
1669 */ | |
446 | 1670 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
1671 if (virtual_op) | |
1672 /* Virtual editing: Nothing gets deleted, but we set the '[ and '] | |
1673 * marks as if it happened. */ | |
1674 goto setmarks; | |
1675 #endif | |
7 | 1676 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_EMPTYREGION) != NULL) |
1677 beep_flush(); | |
1678 return OK; | |
1679 } | |
1680 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1681 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1682 * Do a yank of whatever we're about to delete. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1683 * If a yank register was specified, put the deleted text into that |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1684 * register. For the black hole register '_' don't yank anything. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1685 */ |
7 | 1686 if (oap->regname != '_') |
1687 { | |
1688 if (oap->regname != 0) | |
1689 { | |
1690 /* check for read-only register */ | |
1691 if (!valid_yank_reg(oap->regname, TRUE)) | |
1692 { | |
1693 beep_flush(); | |
1694 return OK; | |
1695 } | |
1696 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); /* yank into specif'd reg. */ | |
1697 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) /* yank without message */ | |
1698 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1699 } | |
1700 | |
1701 /* | |
1702 * Put deleted text into register 1 and shift number registers if the | |
1703 * delete contains a line break, or when a regname has been specified. | |
1704 */ | |
1705 if (oap->regname != 0 || oap->motion_type == MLINE | |
1706 || oap->line_count > 1 || oap->use_reg_one) | |
1707 { | |
1708 y_current = &y_regs[9]; | |
1709 free_yank_all(); /* free register nine */ | |
1710 for (n = 9; n > 1; --n) | |
1711 y_regs[n] = y_regs[n - 1]; | |
1712 y_previous = y_current = &y_regs[1]; | |
1713 y_regs[1].y_array = NULL; /* set register one to empty */ | |
1714 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) | |
1715 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1716 } | |
1717 | |
1718 /* Yank into small delete register when no register specified and the | |
1719 * delete is within one line. */ | |
1720 if (oap->regname == 0 && oap->motion_type != MLINE | |
1721 && oap->line_count == 1) | |
1722 { | |
1723 oap->regname = '-'; | |
1724 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); | |
1725 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) | |
1726 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1727 oap->regname = 0; | |
1728 } | |
1729 | |
1730 /* | |
1731 * If there's too much stuff to fit in the yank register, then get a | |
1732 * confirmation before doing the delete. This is crude, but simple. | |
1733 * And it avoids doing a delete of something we can't put back if we | |
1734 * want. | |
1735 */ | |
1736 if (!did_yank) | |
1737 { | |
1738 int msg_silent_save = msg_silent; | |
1739 | |
1740 msg_silent = 0; /* must display the prompt */ | |
1741 n = ask_yesno((char_u *)_("cannot yank; delete anyway"), TRUE); | |
1742 msg_silent = msg_silent_save; | |
1743 if (n != 'y') | |
1744 { | |
1745 EMSG(_(e_abort)); | |
1746 return FAIL; | |
1747 } | |
1748 } | |
1749 } | |
1750 | |
1751 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1752 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1753 * block mode delete |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1754 */ |
7 | 1755 if (oap->block_mode) |
1756 { | |
1757 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
1758 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1759 return FAIL; | |
1760 | |
1761 for (lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++lnum) | |
1762 { | |
1763 block_prep(oap, &bd, lnum, TRUE); | |
1764 if (bd.textlen == 0) /* nothing to delete */ | |
1765 continue; | |
1766 | |
1767 /* Adjust cursor position for tab replaced by spaces and 'lbr'. */ | |
1768 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
1769 { | |
1770 curwin->w_cursor.col = bd.textcol + bd.startspaces; | |
1771 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1772 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
1773 # endif | |
1774 } | |
1775 | |
1776 /* n == number of chars deleted | |
1777 * If we delete a TAB, it may be replaced by several characters. | |
1778 * Thus the number of characters may increase! | |
1779 */ | |
1780 n = bd.textlen - bd.startspaces - bd.endspaces; | |
1781 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
1782 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)STRLEN(oldp) + 1 - n); | |
1783 if (newp == NULL) | |
1784 continue; | |
1785 /* copy up to deleted part */ | |
1786 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
1787 /* insert spaces */ | |
1788 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol, | |
1789 (size_t)(bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces)); | |
1790 /* copy the part after the deleted part */ | |
1791 oldp += bd.textcol + bd.textlen; | |
1622 | 1792 STRMOVE(newp + bd.textcol + bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces, oldp); |
7 | 1793 /* replace the line */ |
1794 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
1795 } | |
1796 | |
1797 check_cursor_col(); | |
1798 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
1799 oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
1800 oap->line_count = 0; /* no lines deleted */ | |
1801 } | |
1802 else | |
1803 #endif | |
1804 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
1805 { | |
1806 if (oap->op_type == OP_CHANGE) | |
1807 { | |
1808 /* Delete the lines except the first one. Temporarily move the | |
1809 * cursor to the next line. Save the current line number, if the | |
1810 * last line is deleted it may be changed. | |
1811 */ | |
1812 if (oap->line_count > 1) | |
1813 { | |
1814 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1815 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1816 del_lines((long)(oap->line_count - 1), TRUE); | |
1817 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
1818 } | |
1819 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
1820 return FAIL; | |
1821 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) /* don't delete indent */ | |
1822 { | |
1823 beginline(BL_WHITE); /* cursor on first non-white */ | |
1824 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent when ESC hit */ | |
1825 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1826 } | |
1827 else | |
1828 beginline(0); /* cursor in column 0 */ | |
1829 truncate_line(FALSE); /* delete the rest of the line */ | |
1830 /* leave cursor past last char in line */ | |
1831 if (oap->line_count > 1) | |
1832 u_clearline(); /* "U" command not possible after "2cc" */ | |
1833 } | |
1834 else | |
1835 { | |
1836 del_lines(oap->line_count, TRUE); | |
1837 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
1838 u_clearline(); /* "U" command not possible after "dd" */ | |
1839 } | |
1840 } | |
1841 else | |
1842 { | |
1843 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1844 if (virtual_op) | |
1845 { | |
1846 int endcol = 0; | |
1847 | |
1848 /* For virtualedit: break the tabs that are partly included. */ | |
1849 if (gchar_pos(&oap->start) == '\t') | |
1850 { | |
1851 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) /* save first line for undo */ | |
1852 return FAIL; | |
1853 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
1854 endcol = getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd); | |
1855 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd)); | |
1856 oap->start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1857 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
1858 { | |
1859 coladvance(endcol); | |
1860 oap->end.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1861 oap->end.coladd = curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
1862 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
1863 } | |
1864 } | |
1865 | |
1866 /* Break a tab only when it's included in the area. */ | |
1867 if (gchar_pos(&oap->end) == '\t' | |
1868 && (int)oap->end.coladd < oap->inclusive) | |
1869 { | |
1870 /* save last line for undo */ | |
1871 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum - 1), | |
1872 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1873 return FAIL; | |
1874 curwin->w_cursor = oap->end; | |
1875 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd)); | |
1876 oap->end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1877 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
1878 } | |
1879 } | |
1880 #endif | |
1881 | |
1882 if (oap->line_count == 1) /* delete characters within one line */ | |
1883 { | |
1884 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) /* save line for undo */ | |
1885 return FAIL; | |
1886 | |
1887 /* if 'cpoptions' contains '$', display '$' at end of change */ | |
1888 if ( vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOLLAR) != NULL | |
1889 && oap->op_type == OP_CHANGE | |
1890 && oap->end.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
1891 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
1892 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
1893 #endif | |
1894 ) | |
1895 display_dollar(oap->end.col - !oap->inclusive); | |
1896 | |
1897 n = oap->end.col - oap->start.col + 1 - !oap->inclusive; | |
1898 | |
1899 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1900 if (virtual_op) | |
1901 { | |
1902 /* fix up things for virtualedit-delete: | |
1903 * break the tabs which are going to get in our way | |
1904 */ | |
1905 char_u *curline = ml_get_curline(); | |
1906 int len = (int)STRLEN(curline); | |
1907 | |
1908 if (oap->end.coladd != 0 | |
1909 && (int)oap->end.col >= len - 1 | |
1910 && !(oap->start.coladd && (int)oap->end.col >= len - 1)) | |
1911 n++; | |
1912 /* Delete at least one char (e.g, when on a control char). */ | |
1913 if (n == 0 && oap->start.coladd != oap->end.coladd) | |
1914 n = 1; | |
1915 | |
1916 /* When deleted a char in the line, reset coladd. */ | |
1917 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
1918 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
1919 } | |
1920 #endif | |
777 | 1921 (void)del_bytes((long)n, !virtual_op, oap->op_type == OP_DELETE |
613 | 1922 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
1923 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
1924 #endif | |
1925 ); | |
7 | 1926 } |
1927 else /* delete characters between lines */ | |
1928 { | |
1929 pos_T curpos; | |
1930 | |
1931 /* save deleted and changed lines for undo */ | |
1932 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), | |
1933 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + oap->line_count)) == FAIL) | |
1934 return FAIL; | |
1935 | |
1936 truncate_line(TRUE); /* delete from cursor to end of line */ | |
1937 | |
1938 curpos = curwin->w_cursor; /* remember curwin->w_cursor */ | |
1939 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1940 del_lines((long)(oap->line_count - 2), FALSE); | |
1941 | |
1942 /* delete from start of line until op_end */ | |
1943 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1944 (void)del_bytes((long)(oap->end.col + 1 - !oap->inclusive), | |
777 | 1945 !virtual_op, oap->op_type == OP_DELETE |
613 | 1946 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
1947 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
1948 #endif | |
1949 ); | |
7 | 1950 curwin->w_cursor = curpos; /* restore curwin->w_cursor */ |
1951 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
1952 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 1953 } |
1954 } | |
1955 | |
1956 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); | |
1957 | |
446 | 1958 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
1959 setmarks: | |
1960 #endif | |
7 | 1961 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
1962 if (oap->block_mode) | |
1963 { | |
1964 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
1965 curbuf->b_op_end.col = oap->start.col; | |
1966 } | |
1967 else | |
1968 #endif | |
1969 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->start; | |
1970 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
1971 | |
1972 return OK; | |
1973 } | |
1974 | |
1975 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1976 /* | |
1977 * Adjust end of operating area for ending on a multi-byte character. | |
1978 * Used for deletion. | |
1979 */ | |
1980 static void | |
1981 mb_adjust_opend(oap) | |
1982 oparg_T *oap; | |
1983 { | |
1984 char_u *p; | |
1985 | |
1986 if (oap->inclusive) | |
1987 { | |
1988 p = ml_get(oap->end.lnum); | |
1989 oap->end.col += mb_tail_off(p, p + oap->end.col); | |
1990 } | |
1991 } | |
1992 #endif | |
1993 | |
1994 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
1995 /* | |
1996 * Replace a whole area with one character. | |
1997 */ | |
1998 int | |
1999 op_replace(oap, c) | |
2000 oparg_T *oap; | |
2001 int c; | |
2002 { | |
2003 int n, numc; | |
2004 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2005 int num_chars; | |
2006 #endif | |
2007 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
2008 size_t oldlen; | |
2009 struct block_def bd; | |
2010 | |
2011 if ((curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY ) || oap->empty) | |
2012 return OK; /* nothing to do */ | |
2013 | |
2014 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2015 if (has_mbyte) | |
2016 mb_adjust_opend(oap); | |
2017 #endif | |
2018 | |
2019 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
2020 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
2021 return FAIL; | |
2022 | |
2023 /* | |
2024 * block mode replace | |
2025 */ | |
2026 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2027 { | |
2028 bd.is_MAX = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
2029 for ( ; curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2030 { | |
1982 | 2031 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* make sure cursor position is valid */ |
7 | 2032 block_prep(oap, &bd, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); |
2033 if (bd.textlen == 0 && (!virtual_op || bd.is_MAX)) | |
2034 continue; /* nothing to replace */ | |
2035 | |
2036 /* n == number of extra chars required | |
2037 * If we split a TAB, it may be replaced by several characters. | |
2038 * Thus the number of characters may increase! | |
2039 */ | |
2040 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2041 /* If the range starts in virtual space, count the initial | |
2042 * coladd offset as part of "startspaces" */ | |
2043 if (virtual_op && bd.is_short && *bd.textstart == NUL) | |
2044 { | |
2045 pos_T vpos; | |
2046 | |
1982 | 2047 vpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
7 | 2048 getvpos(&vpos, oap->start_vcol); |
2049 bd.startspaces += vpos.coladd; | |
2050 n = bd.startspaces; | |
2051 } | |
2052 else | |
2053 #endif | |
2054 /* allow for pre spaces */ | |
2055 n = (bd.startspaces ? bd.start_char_vcols - 1 : 0); | |
2056 | |
2057 /* allow for post spp */ | |
2058 n += (bd.endspaces | |
2059 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2060 && !bd.is_oneChar | |
2061 #endif | |
2062 && bd.end_char_vcols > 0) ? bd.end_char_vcols - 1 : 0; | |
2063 /* Figure out how many characters to replace. */ | |
2064 numc = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
2065 if (bd.is_short && (!virtual_op || bd.is_MAX)) | |
2066 numc -= (oap->end_vcol - bd.end_vcol) + 1; | |
2067 | |
2068 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2069 /* A double-wide character can be replaced only up to half the | |
2070 * times. */ | |
2071 if ((*mb_char2cells)(c) > 1) | |
2072 { | |
2073 if ((numc & 1) && !bd.is_short) | |
2074 { | |
2075 ++bd.endspaces; | |
2076 ++n; | |
2077 } | |
2078 numc = numc / 2; | |
2079 } | |
2080 | |
2081 /* Compute bytes needed, move character count to num_chars. */ | |
2082 num_chars = numc; | |
2083 numc *= (*mb_char2len)(c); | |
2084 #endif | |
2085 /* oldlen includes textlen, so don't double count */ | |
2086 n += numc - bd.textlen; | |
2087 | |
2088 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
2089 oldlen = STRLEN(oldp); | |
2090 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)oldlen + 1 + n); | |
2091 if (newp == NULL) | |
2092 continue; | |
2093 vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(oldlen + 1 + n)); | |
2094 /* copy up to deleted part */ | |
2095 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
2096 oldp += bd.textcol + bd.textlen; | |
2097 /* insert pre-spaces */ | |
2098 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)bd.startspaces); | |
2099 /* insert replacement chars CHECK FOR ALLOCATED SPACE */ | |
2100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2101 if (has_mbyte) | |
2102 { | |
835 | 2103 n = (int)STRLEN(newp); |
7 | 2104 while (--num_chars >= 0) |
2105 n += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, newp + n); | |
2106 } | |
2107 else | |
2108 #endif | |
2109 copy_chars(newp + STRLEN(newp), (size_t)numc, c); | |
2110 if (!bd.is_short) | |
2111 { | |
2112 /* insert post-spaces */ | |
2113 copy_spaces(newp + STRLEN(newp), (size_t)bd.endspaces); | |
2114 /* copy the part after the changed part */ | |
1622 | 2115 STRMOVE(newp + STRLEN(newp), oldp); |
7 | 2116 } |
2117 /* replace the line */ | |
2118 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
2119 } | |
2120 } | |
2121 else | |
2122 { | |
2123 /* | |
2124 * MCHAR and MLINE motion replace. | |
2125 */ | |
2126 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2127 { | |
2128 oap->start.col = 0; | |
2129 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
2130 oap->end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
2131 if (oap->end.col) | |
2132 --oap->end.col; | |
2133 } | |
2134 else if (!oap->inclusive) | |
2135 dec(&(oap->end)); | |
2136 | |
2137 while (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, oap->end)) | |
2138 { | |
2139 n = gchar_cursor(); | |
2140 if (n != NUL) | |
2141 { | |
2142 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2143 if ((*mb_char2len)(c) > 1 || (*mb_char2len)(n) > 1) | |
2144 { | |
2145 /* This is slow, but it handles replacing a single-byte | |
2146 * with a multi-byte and the other way around. */ | |
2147 oap->end.col += (*mb_char2len)(c) - (*mb_char2len)(n); | |
2148 n = State; | |
2149 State = REPLACE; | |
2150 ins_char(c); | |
2151 State = n; | |
2152 /* Backup to the replaced character. */ | |
2153 dec_cursor(); | |
2154 } | |
2155 else | |
2156 #endif | |
2157 { | |
2158 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2159 if (n == TAB) | |
2160 { | |
2161 int end_vcol = 0; | |
2162 | |
2163 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2164 { | |
2165 /* oap->end has to be recalculated when | |
2166 * the tab breaks */ | |
2167 end_vcol = getviscol2(oap->end.col, | |
2168 oap->end.coladd); | |
2169 } | |
2170 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
2171 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2172 getvpos(&oap->end, end_vcol); | |
2173 } | |
2174 #endif | |
2175 pchar(curwin->w_cursor, c); | |
2176 } | |
2177 } | |
2178 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2179 else if (virtual_op && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2180 { | |
2181 int virtcols = oap->end.coladd; | |
2182 | |
2183 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->start.lnum | |
2184 && oap->start.col == oap->end.col && oap->start.coladd) | |
2185 virtcols -= oap->start.coladd; | |
2186 | |
2187 /* oap->end has been trimmed so it's effectively inclusive; | |
2188 * as a result an extra +1 must be counted so we don't | |
2189 * trample the NUL byte. */ | |
2190 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd) + 1); | |
2191 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (virtcols + 1); | |
2192 for (; virtcols >= 0; virtcols--) | |
2193 { | |
2194 pchar(curwin->w_cursor, c); | |
2195 if (inc(&curwin->w_cursor) == -1) | |
2196 break; | |
2197 } | |
2198 } | |
2199 #endif | |
2200 | |
2201 /* Advance to next character, stop at the end of the file. */ | |
2202 if (inc_cursor() == -1) | |
2203 break; | |
2204 } | |
2205 } | |
2206 | |
2207 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
2208 check_cursor(); | |
2209 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, oap->start.col, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2210 | |
2211 /* Set "'[" and "']" marks. */ | |
2212 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2213 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
2214 | |
2215 return OK; | |
2216 } | |
2217 #endif | |
2218 | |
1525 | 2219 static int swapchars __ARGS((int op_type, pos_T *pos, int length)); |
2220 | |
7 | 2221 /* |
2222 * Handle the (non-standard vi) tilde operator. Also for "gu", "gU" and "g?". | |
2223 */ | |
2224 void | |
2225 op_tilde(oap) | |
2226 oparg_T *oap; | |
2227 { | |
2228 pos_T pos; | |
2229 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2230 struct block_def bd; | |
1525 | 2231 #endif |
1528 | 2232 int did_change = FALSE; |
7 | 2233 |
2234 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
2235 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
2236 return; | |
2237 | |
2238 pos = oap->start; | |
2239 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2240 if (oap->block_mode) /* Visual block mode */ | |
2241 { | |
2242 for (; pos.lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++pos.lnum) | |
2243 { | |
1766 | 2244 int one_change; |
2245 | |
7 | 2246 block_prep(oap, &bd, pos.lnum, FALSE); |
2247 pos.col = bd.textcol; | |
1766 | 2248 one_change = swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, bd.textlen); |
2249 did_change |= one_change; | |
1525 | 2250 |
7 | 2251 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
2210 | 2252 if (netbeans_active() && one_change) |
7 | 2253 { |
2254 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
2255 | |
33 | 2256 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, bd.textcol, |
2257 (long)bd.textlen); | |
7 | 2258 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, bd.textcol, |
2210 | 2259 &ptr[bd.textcol], bd.textlen); |
7 | 2260 } |
2261 # endif | |
2262 } | |
2263 if (did_change) | |
2264 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2265 } | |
2266 else /* not block mode */ | |
2267 #endif | |
2268 { | |
2269 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2270 { | |
2271 oap->start.col = 0; | |
2272 pos.col = 0; | |
2273 oap->end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
2274 if (oap->end.col) | |
2275 --oap->end.col; | |
2276 } | |
2277 else if (!oap->inclusive) | |
2278 dec(&(oap->end)); | |
2279 | |
1528 | 2280 if (pos.lnum == oap->end.lnum) |
2281 did_change = swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, | |
2282 oap->end.col - pos.col + 1); | |
2283 else | |
2284 for (;;) | |
2285 { | |
2286 did_change |= swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, | |
2287 pos.lnum == oap->end.lnum ? oap->end.col + 1: | |
2288 (int)STRLEN(ml_get_pos(&pos))); | |
2289 if (ltoreq(oap->end, pos) || inc(&pos) == -1) | |
2290 break; | |
2291 } | |
7 | 2292 if (did_change) |
2293 { | |
2294 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, oap->start.col, oap->end.lnum + 1, | |
2295 0L); | |
2296 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 2297 if (netbeans_active() && did_change) |
7 | 2298 { |
2299 char_u *ptr; | |
2300 int count; | |
2301 | |
2302 pos = oap->start; | |
2303 while (pos.lnum < oap->end.lnum) | |
2304 { | |
2305 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
835 | 2306 count = (int)STRLEN(ptr) - pos.col; |
33 | 2307 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, (long)count); |
7 | 2308 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, |
2210 | 2309 &ptr[pos.col], count); |
7 | 2310 pos.col = 0; |
2311 pos.lnum++; | |
2312 } | |
2313 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
2314 count = oap->end.col - pos.col + 1; | |
33 | 2315 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, (long)count); |
7 | 2316 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, |
2210 | 2317 &ptr[pos.col], count); |
7 | 2318 } |
2319 #endif | |
2320 } | |
2321 } | |
2322 | |
2323 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2324 if (!did_change && oap->is_VIsual) | |
2325 /* No change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
2326 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
2327 #endif | |
2328 | |
2329 /* | |
2330 * Set '[ and '] marks. | |
2331 */ | |
2332 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2333 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
2334 | |
2335 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
2336 { | |
2337 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
2338 MSG(_("1 line changed")); | |
2339 else | |
2340 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines changed"), oap->line_count); | |
2341 } | |
2342 } | |
2343 | |
2344 /* | |
1525 | 2345 * Invoke swapchar() on "length" bytes at position "pos". |
2346 * "pos" is advanced to just after the changed characters. | |
2347 * "length" is rounded up to include the whole last multi-byte character. | |
2348 * Also works correctly when the number of bytes changes. | |
2349 * Returns TRUE if some character was changed. | |
2350 */ | |
2351 static int | |
2352 swapchars(op_type, pos, length) | |
2353 int op_type; | |
2354 pos_T *pos; | |
2355 int length; | |
2356 { | |
2357 int todo; | |
2358 int did_change = 0; | |
2359 | |
2360 for (todo = length; todo > 0; --todo) | |
2361 { | |
2362 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2363 if (has_mbyte) | |
2364 /* we're counting bytes, not characters */ | |
2365 todo -= (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_pos(pos)) - 1; | |
2366 # endif | |
2367 did_change |= swapchar(op_type, pos); | |
2368 if (inc(pos) == -1) /* at end of file */ | |
2369 break; | |
2370 } | |
2371 return did_change; | |
2372 } | |
2373 | |
2374 /* | |
7 | 2375 * If op_type == OP_UPPER: make uppercase, |
2376 * if op_type == OP_LOWER: make lowercase, | |
2377 * if op_type == OP_ROT13: do rot13 encoding, | |
2378 * else swap case of character at 'pos' | |
2379 * returns TRUE when something actually changed. | |
2380 */ | |
2381 int | |
2382 swapchar(op_type, pos) | |
2383 int op_type; | |
2384 pos_T *pos; | |
2385 { | |
2386 int c; | |
2387 int nc; | |
2388 | |
2389 c = gchar_pos(pos); | |
2390 | |
2391 /* Only do rot13 encoding for ASCII characters. */ | |
2392 if (c >= 0x80 && op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2393 return FALSE; | |
2394 | |
2395 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1525 | 2396 if (op_type == OP_UPPER && c == 0xdf |
2397 && (enc_latin1like || STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-2") == 0)) | |
493 | 2398 { |
2399 pos_T sp = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2400 | |
2401 /* Special handling of German sharp s: change to "SS". */ | |
2402 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
2403 del_char(FALSE); | |
2404 ins_char('S'); | |
2405 ins_char('S'); | |
2406 curwin->w_cursor = sp; | |
2407 inc(pos); | |
2408 } | |
2409 | |
7 | 2410 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c >= 0x100) /* No lower/uppercase letter */ |
2411 return FALSE; | |
2412 #endif | |
2413 nc = c; | |
2414 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
2415 { | |
2416 if (op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2417 nc = ROT13(c, 'a'); | |
2418 else if (op_type != OP_LOWER) | |
2419 nc = MB_TOUPPER(c); | |
2420 } | |
2421 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
2422 { | |
2423 if (op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2424 nc = ROT13(c, 'A'); | |
2425 else if (op_type != OP_UPPER) | |
2426 nc = MB_TOLOWER(c); | |
2427 } | |
2428 if (nc != c) | |
2429 { | |
2430 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2431 if (enc_utf8 && (c >= 0x80 || nc >= 0x80)) | |
2432 { | |
2433 pos_T sp = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2434 | |
2435 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
2436 del_char(FALSE); | |
2437 ins_char(nc); | |
2438 curwin->w_cursor = sp; | |
2439 } | |
2440 else | |
2441 #endif | |
2442 pchar(*pos, nc); | |
2443 return TRUE; | |
2444 } | |
2445 return FALSE; | |
2446 } | |
2447 | |
2448 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
2449 /* | |
2450 * op_insert - Insert and append operators for Visual mode. | |
2451 */ | |
2452 void | |
2453 op_insert(oap, count1) | |
2454 oparg_T *oap; | |
2455 long count1; | |
2456 { | |
2457 long ins_len, pre_textlen = 0; | |
2458 char_u *firstline, *ins_text; | |
2459 struct block_def bd; | |
2460 int i; | |
2461 | |
2462 /* edit() changes this - record it for OP_APPEND */ | |
2463 bd.is_MAX = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
2464 | |
2465 /* vis block is still marked. Get rid of it now. */ | |
2466 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
2467 update_screen(INVERTED); | |
2468 | |
2469 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2470 { | |
2471 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2472 /* When 'virtualedit' is used, need to insert the extra spaces before | |
2473 * doing block_prep(). When only "block" is used, virtual edit is | |
2474 * already disabled, but still need it when calling | |
2475 * coladvance_force(). */ | |
2476 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
2477 { | |
2478 int old_ve_flags = ve_flags; | |
2479 | |
2480 ve_flags = VE_ALL; | |
2481 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2482 return; | |
2483 coladvance_force(oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
2484 ? oap->end_vcol + 1 : getviscol()); | |
2485 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2486 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2487 ve_flags = old_ve_flags; | |
2488 } | |
2489 #endif | |
2490 /* Get the info about the block before entering the text */ | |
2491 block_prep(oap, &bd, oap->start.lnum, TRUE); | |
2492 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum) + bd.textcol; | |
2493 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2494 firstline += bd.textlen; | |
2495 pre_textlen = (long)STRLEN(firstline); | |
2496 } | |
2497 | |
2498 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2499 { | |
2500 if (oap->block_mode | |
2501 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2502 && curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 0 | |
2503 #endif | |
2504 ) | |
2505 { | |
2506 /* Move the cursor to the character right of the block. */ | |
2507 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
2508 while (*ml_get_cursor() != NUL | |
2509 && (curwin->w_cursor.col < bd.textcol + bd.textlen)) | |
2510 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2511 if (bd.is_short && !bd.is_MAX) | |
2512 { | |
2513 /* First line was too short, make it longer and adjust the | |
2514 * values in "bd". */ | |
2515 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2516 return; | |
2517 for (i = 0; i < bd.endspaces; ++i) | |
2518 ins_char(' '); | |
2519 bd.textlen += bd.endspaces; | |
2520 } | |
2521 } | |
2522 else | |
2523 { | |
2524 curwin->w_cursor = oap->end; | |
893 | 2525 check_cursor_col(); |
7 | 2526 |
2527 /* Works just like an 'i'nsert on the next character. */ | |
2528 if (!lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2529 && oap->start_vcol != oap->end_vcol) | |
2530 inc_cursor(); | |
2531 } | |
2532 } | |
2533 | |
2534 edit(NUL, FALSE, (linenr_T)count1); | |
2535 | |
1477 | 2536 /* If user has moved off this line, we don't know what to do, so do |
2537 * nothing. | |
2538 * Also don't repeat the insert when Insert mode ended with CTRL-C. */ | |
2539 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != oap->start.lnum || got_int) | |
7 | 2540 return; |
2541 | |
2542 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2543 { | |
2544 struct block_def bd2; | |
2545 | |
2546 /* | |
2547 * Spaces and tabs in the indent may have changed to other spaces and | |
1392 | 2548 * tabs. Get the starting column again and correct the length. |
7 | 2549 * Don't do this when "$" used, end-of-line will have changed. |
2550 */ | |
2551 block_prep(oap, &bd2, oap->start.lnum, TRUE); | |
2552 if (!bd.is_MAX || bd2.textlen < bd.textlen) | |
2553 { | |
2554 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2555 { | |
2556 pre_textlen += bd2.textlen - bd.textlen; | |
2557 if (bd2.endspaces) | |
2558 --bd2.textlen; | |
2559 } | |
2560 bd.textcol = bd2.textcol; | |
2561 bd.textlen = bd2.textlen; | |
2562 } | |
2563 | |
2564 /* | |
2565 * Subsequent calls to ml_get() flush the firstline data - take a | |
2566 * copy of the required string. | |
2567 */ | |
2568 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum) + bd.textcol; | |
2569 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2570 firstline += bd.textlen; | |
2571 if ((ins_len = (long)STRLEN(firstline) - pre_textlen) > 0) | |
2572 { | |
2573 ins_text = vim_strnsave(firstline, (int)ins_len); | |
2574 if (ins_text != NULL) | |
2575 { | |
2576 /* block handled here */ | |
2577 if (u_save(oap->start.lnum, | |
2578 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == OK) | |
2579 block_insert(oap, ins_text, (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT), | |
2580 &bd); | |
2581 | |
2582 curwin->w_cursor.col = oap->start.col; | |
2583 check_cursor(); | |
2584 vim_free(ins_text); | |
2585 } | |
2586 } | |
2587 } | |
2588 } | |
2589 #endif | |
2590 | |
2591 /* | |
2592 * op_change - handle a change operation | |
2593 * | |
2594 * return TRUE if edit() returns because of a CTRL-O command | |
2595 */ | |
2596 int | |
2597 op_change(oap) | |
2598 oparg_T *oap; | |
2599 { | |
2600 colnr_T l; | |
2601 int retval; | |
2602 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2603 long offset; | |
2604 linenr_T linenr; | |
1392 | 2605 long ins_len; |
2606 long pre_textlen = 0; | |
2607 long pre_indent = 0; | |
7 | 2608 char_u *firstline; |
2609 char_u *ins_text, *newp, *oldp; | |
2610 struct block_def bd; | |
2611 #endif | |
2612 | |
2613 l = oap->start.col; | |
2614 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2615 { | |
2616 l = 0; | |
2617 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
2618 if (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
2619 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
2620 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
2621 # endif | |
2622 ) | |
2623 can_si = TRUE; /* It's like opening a new line, do si */ | |
2624 #endif | |
2625 } | |
2626 | |
2627 /* First delete the text in the region. In an empty buffer only need to | |
2628 * save for undo */ | |
2629 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) | |
2630 { | |
2631 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2632 return FALSE; | |
2633 } | |
2634 else if (op_delete(oap) == FAIL) | |
2635 return FALSE; | |
2636 | |
2637 if ((l > curwin->w_cursor.col) && !lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2638 && !virtual_op) | |
2639 inc_cursor(); | |
2640 | |
2641 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2642 /* check for still on same line (<CR> in inserted text meaningless) */ | |
2643 /* skip blank lines too */ | |
2644 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2645 { | |
2646 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2647 /* Add spaces before getting the current line length. */ | |
2648 if (virtual_op && (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
2649 || gchar_cursor() == NUL)) | |
2650 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
2651 # endif | |
1392 | 2652 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum); |
2653 pre_textlen = (long)STRLEN(firstline); | |
2654 pre_indent = (long)(skipwhite(firstline) - firstline); | |
7 | 2655 bd.textcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
2656 } | |
2657 #endif | |
2658 | |
2659 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
2660 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2661 fix_indent(); | |
2662 #endif | |
2663 | |
2664 retval = edit(NUL, FALSE, (linenr_T)1); | |
2665 | |
2666 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2667 /* | |
39 | 2668 * In Visual block mode, handle copying the new text to all lines of the |
7 | 2669 * block. |
1477 | 2670 * Don't repeat the insert when Insert mode ended with CTRL-C. |
7 | 2671 */ |
1477 | 2672 if (oap->block_mode && oap->start.lnum != oap->end.lnum && !got_int) |
7 | 2673 { |
1392 | 2674 /* Auto-indenting may have changed the indent. If the cursor was past |
2675 * the indent, exclude that indent change from the inserted text. */ | |
7 | 2676 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum); |
1403 | 2677 if (bd.textcol > (colnr_T)pre_indent) |
7 | 2678 { |
1392 | 2679 long new_indent = (long)(skipwhite(firstline) - firstline); |
2680 | |
2681 pre_textlen += new_indent - pre_indent; | |
2682 bd.textcol += new_indent - pre_indent; | |
2683 } | |
2684 | |
2685 ins_len = (long)STRLEN(firstline) - pre_textlen; | |
2686 if (ins_len > 0) | |
2687 { | |
2688 /* Subsequent calls to ml_get() flush the firstline data - take a | |
2689 * copy of the inserted text. */ | |
7 | 2690 if ((ins_text = alloc_check((unsigned)(ins_len + 1))) != NULL) |
2691 { | |
419 | 2692 vim_strncpy(ins_text, firstline + bd.textcol, (size_t)ins_len); |
7 | 2693 for (linenr = oap->start.lnum + 1; linenr <= oap->end.lnum; |
2694 linenr++) | |
2695 { | |
2696 block_prep(oap, &bd, linenr, TRUE); | |
2697 if (!bd.is_short || virtual_op) | |
2698 { | |
2699 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2700 pos_T vpos; | |
2701 | |
2702 /* If the block starts in virtual space, count the | |
2703 * initial coladd offset as part of "startspaces" */ | |
2704 if (bd.is_short) | |
2705 { | |
1982 | 2706 vpos.lnum = linenr; |
7 | 2707 (void)getvpos(&vpos, oap->start_vcol); |
2708 } | |
2709 else | |
2710 vpos.coladd = 0; | |
2711 # endif | |
2712 oldp = ml_get(linenr); | |
2713 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp) | |
2714 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2715 + vpos.coladd | |
2716 # endif | |
2717 + ins_len + 1)); | |
2718 if (newp == NULL) | |
2719 continue; | |
2720 /* copy up to block start */ | |
2721 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
2722 offset = bd.textcol; | |
2723 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2724 copy_spaces(newp + offset, (size_t)vpos.coladd); | |
2725 offset += vpos.coladd; | |
2726 # endif | |
2727 mch_memmove(newp + offset, ins_text, (size_t)ins_len); | |
2728 offset += ins_len; | |
2729 oldp += bd.textcol; | |
1622 | 2730 STRMOVE(newp + offset, oldp); |
7 | 2731 ml_replace(linenr, newp, FALSE); |
2732 } | |
2733 } | |
2734 check_cursor(); | |
2735 | |
2736 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum + 1, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2737 } | |
2738 vim_free(ins_text); | |
2739 } | |
2740 } | |
2741 #endif | |
2742 | |
2743 return retval; | |
2744 } | |
2745 | |
2746 /* | |
2747 * set all the yank registers to empty (called from main()) | |
2748 */ | |
2749 void | |
2750 init_yank() | |
2751 { | |
2752 int i; | |
2753 | |
2754 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; ++i) | |
2755 y_regs[i].y_array = NULL; | |
2756 } | |
2757 | |
356 | 2758 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
2759 void | |
2760 clear_registers() | |
2761 { | |
2762 int i; | |
2763 | |
2764 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; ++i) | |
2765 { | |
2766 y_current = &y_regs[i]; | |
2767 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2768 free_yank_all(); | |
2769 } | |
2770 } | |
2771 #endif | |
2772 | |
7 | 2773 /* |
2774 * Free "n" lines from the current yank register. | |
2775 * Called for normal freeing and in case of error. | |
2776 */ | |
2777 static void | |
2778 free_yank(n) | |
2779 long n; | |
2780 { | |
2781 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2782 { | |
2783 long i; | |
2784 | |
2785 for (i = n; --i >= 0; ) | |
2786 { | |
2787 #ifdef AMIGA /* only for very slow machines */ | |
2788 if ((i & 1023) == 1023) /* this may take a while */ | |
2789 { | |
2790 /* | |
2791 * This message should never cause a hit-return message. | |
2792 * Overwrite this message with any next message. | |
2793 */ | |
2794 ++no_wait_return; | |
2795 smsg((char_u *)_("freeing %ld lines"), i + 1); | |
2796 --no_wait_return; | |
2797 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
2798 msg_col = 0; | |
2799 } | |
2800 #endif | |
2801 vim_free(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
2802 } | |
2803 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
2804 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
2805 #ifdef AMIGA | |
2806 if (n >= 1000) | |
2807 MSG(""); | |
2808 #endif | |
2809 } | |
2810 } | |
2811 | |
2812 static void | |
2813 free_yank_all() | |
2814 { | |
2815 free_yank(y_current->y_size); | |
2816 } | |
2817 | |
2818 /* | |
2819 * Yank the text between "oap->start" and "oap->end" into a yank register. | |
2820 * If we are to append (uppercase register), we first yank into a new yank | |
2821 * register and then concatenate the old and the new one (so we keep the old | |
2822 * one in case of out-of-memory). | |
2823 * | |
2824 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
2825 */ | |
2826 int | |
2827 op_yank(oap, deleting, mess) | |
2828 oparg_T *oap; | |
2829 int deleting; | |
2830 int mess; | |
2831 { | |
2832 long y_idx; /* index in y_array[] */ | |
2833 struct yankreg *curr; /* copy of y_current */ | |
2834 struct yankreg newreg; /* new yank register when appending */ | |
2835 char_u **new_ptr; | |
2836 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
2837 long j; | |
2838 int yanktype = oap->motion_type; | |
2839 long yanklines = oap->line_count; | |
2840 linenr_T yankendlnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
2841 char_u *p; | |
2842 char_u *pnew; | |
2843 struct block_def bd; | |
2844 | |
2845 /* check for read-only register */ | |
2846 if (oap->regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(oap->regname, TRUE)) | |
2847 { | |
2848 beep_flush(); | |
2849 return FAIL; | |
2850 } | |
2851 if (oap->regname == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ | |
2852 return OK; | |
2853 | |
2854 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
2855 if (!clip_star.available && oap->regname == '*') | |
2856 oap->regname = 0; | |
2857 else if (!clip_plus.available && oap->regname == '+') | |
2858 oap->regname = 0; | |
2859 #endif | |
2860 | |
2861 if (!deleting) /* op_delete() already set y_current */ | |
2862 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); | |
2863 | |
2864 curr = y_current; | |
2865 /* append to existing contents */ | |
2866 if (y_append && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2867 y_current = &newreg; | |
2868 else | |
2869 free_yank_all(); /* free previously yanked lines */ | |
2870 | |
593 | 2871 /* |
2872 * If the cursor was in column 1 before and after the movement, and the | |
2873 * operator is not inclusive, the yank is always linewise. | |
2874 */ | |
7 | 2875 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
2876 && oap->start.col == 0 | |
2877 && !oap->inclusive | |
2878 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2879 && (!oap->is_VIsual || *p_sel == 'o') | |
50 | 2880 && !oap->block_mode |
7 | 2881 #endif |
2882 && oap->end.col == 0 | |
2883 && yanklines > 1) | |
2884 { | |
2885 yanktype = MLINE; | |
2886 --yankendlnum; | |
2887 --yanklines; | |
2888 } | |
2889 | |
2890 y_current->y_size = yanklines; | |
2891 y_current->y_type = yanktype; /* set the yank register type */ | |
2892 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2893 y_current->y_width = 0; | |
2894 #endif | |
2895 y_current->y_array = (char_u **)lalloc_clear((long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * | |
2896 yanklines), TRUE); | |
2897 | |
2898 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
2899 { | |
2900 y_current = curr; | |
2901 return FAIL; | |
2902 } | |
2903 | |
2904 y_idx = 0; | |
2905 lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
2906 | |
2907 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2908 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2909 { | |
2910 /* Visual block mode */ | |
2911 y_current->y_type = MBLOCK; /* set the yank register type */ | |
2912 y_current->y_width = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol; | |
2913 | |
2914 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL && y_current->y_width > 0) | |
2915 y_current->y_width--; | |
2916 } | |
2917 #endif | |
2918 | |
2919 for ( ; lnum <= yankendlnum; lnum++, y_idx++) | |
2920 { | |
2921 switch (y_current->y_type) | |
2922 { | |
2923 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2924 case MBLOCK: | |
2925 block_prep(oap, &bd, lnum, FALSE); | |
2926 if (yank_copy_line(&bd, y_idx) == FAIL) | |
2927 goto fail; | |
2928 break; | |
2929 #endif | |
2930 | |
2931 case MLINE: | |
2932 if ((y_current->y_array[y_idx] = | |
2933 vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum))) == NULL) | |
2934 goto fail; | |
2935 break; | |
2936 | |
2937 case MCHAR: | |
2938 { | |
2939 colnr_T startcol = 0, endcol = MAXCOL; | |
2940 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2941 int is_oneChar = FALSE; | |
2942 colnr_T cs, ce; | |
2943 #endif | |
2944 p = ml_get(lnum); | |
2945 bd.startspaces = 0; | |
2946 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
2947 | |
2948 if (lnum == oap->start.lnum) | |
2949 { | |
2950 startcol = oap->start.col; | |
2951 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2952 if (virtual_op) | |
2953 { | |
2954 getvcol(curwin, &oap->start, &cs, NULL, &ce); | |
2955 if (ce != cs && oap->start.coladd > 0) | |
2956 { | |
2957 /* Part of a tab selected -- but don't | |
2958 * double-count it. */ | |
2959 bd.startspaces = (ce - cs + 1) | |
2960 - oap->start.coladd; | |
2961 startcol++; | |
2962 } | |
2963 } | |
2964 #endif | |
2965 } | |
2966 | |
2967 if (lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2968 { | |
2969 endcol = oap->end.col; | |
2970 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2971 if (virtual_op) | |
2972 { | |
2973 getvcol(curwin, &oap->end, &cs, NULL, &ce); | |
2974 if (p[endcol] == NUL || (cs + oap->end.coladd < ce | |
2975 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2976 /* Don't add space for double-wide | |
2977 * char; endcol will be on last byte | |
2978 * of multi-byte char. */ | |
2979 && (*mb_head_off)(p, p + endcol) == 0 | |
2980 # endif | |
2981 )) | |
2982 { | |
2983 if (oap->start.lnum == oap->end.lnum | |
2984 && oap->start.col == oap->end.col) | |
2985 { | |
2986 /* Special case: inside a single char */ | |
2987 is_oneChar = TRUE; | |
2988 bd.startspaces = oap->end.coladd | |
2989 - oap->start.coladd + oap->inclusive; | |
2990 endcol = startcol; | |
2991 } | |
2992 else | |
2993 { | |
2994 bd.endspaces = oap->end.coladd | |
2995 + oap->inclusive; | |
2996 endcol -= oap->inclusive; | |
2997 } | |
2998 } | |
2999 } | |
3000 #endif | |
3001 } | |
3002 if (startcol > endcol | |
3003 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3004 || is_oneChar | |
3005 #endif | |
3006 ) | |
3007 bd.textlen = 0; | |
3008 else | |
3009 { | |
3010 if (endcol == MAXCOL) | |
835 | 3011 endcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p); |
7 | 3012 bd.textlen = endcol - startcol + oap->inclusive; |
3013 } | |
3014 bd.textstart = p + startcol; | |
3015 if (yank_copy_line(&bd, y_idx) == FAIL) | |
3016 goto fail; | |
3017 break; | |
3018 } | |
3019 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
3020 } | |
3021 } | |
3022 | |
3023 if (curr != y_current) /* append the new block to the old block */ | |
3024 { | |
3025 new_ptr = (char_u **)lalloc((long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * | |
3026 (curr->y_size + y_current->y_size)), TRUE); | |
3027 if (new_ptr == NULL) | |
3028 goto fail; | |
3029 for (j = 0; j < curr->y_size; ++j) | |
3030 new_ptr[j] = curr->y_array[j]; | |
3031 vim_free(curr->y_array); | |
3032 curr->y_array = new_ptr; | |
3033 | |
3034 if (yanktype == MLINE) /* MLINE overrides MCHAR and MBLOCK */ | |
3035 curr->y_type = MLINE; | |
3036 | |
164 | 3037 /* Concatenate the last line of the old block with the first line of |
3038 * the new block, unless being Vi compatible. */ | |
3039 if (curr->y_type == MCHAR && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REGAPPEND) == NULL) | |
7 | 3040 { |
3041 pnew = lalloc((long_u)(STRLEN(curr->y_array[curr->y_size - 1]) | |
3042 + STRLEN(y_current->y_array[0]) + 1), TRUE); | |
3043 if (pnew == NULL) | |
3044 { | |
3045 y_idx = y_current->y_size - 1; | |
3046 goto fail; | |
3047 } | |
3048 STRCPY(pnew, curr->y_array[--j]); | |
3049 STRCAT(pnew, y_current->y_array[0]); | |
3050 vim_free(curr->y_array[j]); | |
3051 vim_free(y_current->y_array[0]); | |
3052 curr->y_array[j++] = pnew; | |
3053 y_idx = 1; | |
3054 } | |
3055 else | |
3056 y_idx = 0; | |
3057 while (y_idx < y_current->y_size) | |
3058 curr->y_array[j++] = y_current->y_array[y_idx++]; | |
3059 curr->y_size = j; | |
3060 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
3061 y_current = curr; | |
3062 } | |
3063 if (mess) /* Display message about yank? */ | |
3064 { | |
3065 if (yanktype == MCHAR | |
3066 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3067 && !oap->block_mode | |
3068 #endif | |
3069 && yanklines == 1) | |
3070 yanklines = 0; | |
3071 /* Some versions of Vi use ">=" here, some don't... */ | |
3072 if (yanklines > p_report) | |
3073 { | |
3074 /* redisplay now, so message is not deleted */ | |
3075 update_topline_redraw(); | |
3076 if (yanklines == 1) | |
205 | 3077 { |
3078 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3079 if (oap->block_mode) | |
3080 MSG(_("block of 1 line yanked")); | |
3081 else | |
3082 #endif | |
3083 MSG(_("1 line yanked")); | |
3084 } | |
3085 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3086 else if (oap->block_mode) | |
3087 smsg((char_u *)_("block of %ld lines yanked"), yanklines); | |
3088 #endif | |
7 | 3089 else |
3090 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines yanked"), yanklines); | |
3091 } | |
3092 } | |
3093 | |
3094 /* | |
3095 * Set "'[" and "']" marks. | |
3096 */ | |
3097 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
3098 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
36 | 3099 if (yanktype == MLINE |
3100 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3101 && !oap->block_mode | |
3102 #endif | |
3103 ) | |
3104 { | |
3105 curbuf->b_op_start.col = 0; | |
3106 curbuf->b_op_end.col = MAXCOL; | |
3107 } | |
7 | 3108 |
3109 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3110 /* | |
3111 * If we were yanking to the '*' register, send result to clipboard. | |
3112 * If no register was specified, and "unnamed" in 'clipboard', make a copy | |
3113 * to the '*' register. | |
3114 */ | |
3115 if (clip_star.available | |
3116 && (curr == &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]) | |
3117 || (!deleting && oap->regname == 0 && clip_unnamed))) | |
3118 { | |
3119 if (curr != &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])) | |
3120 /* Copy the text from register 0 to the clipboard register. */ | |
3121 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])); | |
3122 | |
3123 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
3124 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
3125 } | |
3126 | |
3127 # ifdef FEAT_X11 | |
3128 /* | |
3129 * If we were yanking to the '+' register, send result to selection. | |
3130 * Also copy to the '*' register, in case auto-select is off. | |
3131 */ | |
3132 else if (clip_plus.available && curr == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])) | |
3133 { | |
3134 /* No need to copy to * register upon 'unnamed' now - see below */ | |
3135 clip_own_selection(&clip_plus); | |
3136 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_plus); | |
3137 if (!clip_isautosel()) | |
3138 { | |
3139 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])); | |
3140 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
3141 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
3142 } | |
3143 } | |
3144 # endif | |
3145 #endif | |
3146 | |
3147 return OK; | |
3148 | |
3149 fail: /* free the allocated lines */ | |
3150 free_yank(y_idx + 1); | |
3151 y_current = curr; | |
3152 return FAIL; | |
3153 } | |
3154 | |
3155 static int | |
3156 yank_copy_line(bd, y_idx) | |
3157 struct block_def *bd; | |
3158 long y_idx; | |
3159 { | |
3160 char_u *pnew; | |
3161 | |
3162 if ((pnew = alloc(bd->startspaces + bd->endspaces + bd->textlen + 1)) | |
3163 == NULL) | |
3164 return FAIL; | |
3165 y_current->y_array[y_idx] = pnew; | |
3166 copy_spaces(pnew, (size_t)bd->startspaces); | |
3167 pnew += bd->startspaces; | |
3168 mch_memmove(pnew, bd->textstart, (size_t)bd->textlen); | |
3169 pnew += bd->textlen; | |
3170 copy_spaces(pnew, (size_t)bd->endspaces); | |
3171 pnew += bd->endspaces; | |
3172 *pnew = NUL; | |
3173 return OK; | |
3174 } | |
3175 | |
3176 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3177 /* | |
3178 * Make a copy of the y_current register to register "reg". | |
3179 */ | |
3180 static void | |
3181 copy_yank_reg(reg) | |
3182 struct yankreg *reg; | |
3183 { | |
3184 struct yankreg *curr = y_current; | |
3185 long j; | |
3186 | |
3187 y_current = reg; | |
3188 free_yank_all(); | |
3189 *y_current = *curr; | |
3190 y_current->y_array = (char_u **)lalloc_clear( | |
3191 (long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * y_current->y_size), TRUE); | |
3192 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
3193 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
3194 else | |
3195 for (j = 0; j < y_current->y_size; ++j) | |
3196 if ((y_current->y_array[j] = vim_strsave(curr->y_array[j])) == NULL) | |
3197 { | |
3198 free_yank(j); | |
3199 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
3200 break; | |
3201 } | |
3202 y_current = curr; | |
3203 } | |
3204 #endif | |
3205 | |
3206 /* | |
140 | 3207 * Put contents of register "regname" into the text. |
3208 * Caller must check "regname" to be valid! | |
3209 * "flags": PUT_FIXINDENT make indent look nice | |
3210 * PUT_CURSEND leave cursor after end of new text | |
3211 * PUT_LINE force linewise put (":put") | |
7 | 3212 */ |
3213 void | |
3214 do_put(regname, dir, count, flags) | |
3215 int regname; | |
3216 int dir; /* BACKWARD for 'P', FORWARD for 'p' */ | |
3217 long count; | |
3218 int flags; | |
3219 { | |
3220 char_u *ptr; | |
3221 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
3222 int yanklen; | |
3223 int totlen = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3224 linenr_T lnum; | |
3225 colnr_T col; | |
3226 long i; /* index in y_array[] */ | |
3227 int y_type; | |
3228 long y_size; | |
3229 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3230 int oldlen; | |
3231 long y_width = 0; | |
3232 colnr_T vcol; | |
3233 int delcount; | |
3234 int incr = 0; | |
3235 long j; | |
3236 struct block_def bd; | |
3237 #endif | |
3238 char_u **y_array = NULL; | |
3239 long nr_lines = 0; | |
3240 pos_T new_cursor; | |
3241 int indent; | |
3242 int orig_indent = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3243 int indent_diff = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3244 int first_indent = TRUE; | |
3245 int lendiff = 0; | |
3246 pos_T old_pos; | |
3247 char_u *insert_string = NULL; | |
3248 int allocated = FALSE; | |
3249 long cnt; | |
3250 | |
3251 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3252 /* Adjust register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. */ | |
3253 adjust_clip_reg(®name); | |
3254 (void)may_get_selection(regname); | |
3255 #endif | |
3256 | |
3257 if (flags & PUT_FIXINDENT) | |
3258 orig_indent = get_indent(); | |
3259 | |
3260 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '[ mark */ | |
3261 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '] mark */ | |
3262 | |
3263 /* | |
3264 * Using inserted text works differently, because the register includes | |
3265 * special characters (newlines, etc.). | |
3266 */ | |
3267 if (regname == '.') | |
3268 { | |
3269 (void)stuff_inserted((dir == FORWARD ? (count == -1 ? 'o' : 'a') : | |
3270 (count == -1 ? 'O' : 'i')), count, FALSE); | |
3271 /* Putting the text is done later, so can't really move the cursor to | |
3272 * the next character. Use "l" to simulate it. */ | |
3273 if ((flags & PUT_CURSEND) && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
3274 stuffcharReadbuff('l'); | |
3275 return; | |
3276 } | |
3277 | |
3278 /* | |
3279 * For special registers '%' (file name), '#' (alternate file name) and | |
3280 * ':' (last command line), etc. we have to create a fake yank register. | |
3281 */ | |
3282 if (get_spec_reg(regname, &insert_string, &allocated, TRUE)) | |
3283 { | |
3284 if (insert_string == NULL) | |
3285 return; | |
3286 } | |
3287 | |
3288 if (insert_string != NULL) | |
3289 { | |
3290 y_type = MCHAR; | |
3291 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3292 if (regname == '=') | |
3293 { | |
3294 /* For the = register we need to split the string at NL | |
3295 * characters. */ | |
3296 /* Loop twice: count the number of lines and save them. */ | |
3297 for (;;) | |
3298 { | |
3299 y_size = 0; | |
3300 ptr = insert_string; | |
3301 while (ptr != NULL) | |
3302 { | |
3303 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3304 y_array[y_size] = ptr; | |
3305 ++y_size; | |
3306 ptr = vim_strchr(ptr, '\n'); | |
3307 if (ptr != NULL) | |
3308 { | |
3309 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3310 *ptr = NUL; | |
3311 ++ptr; | |
3312 /* A trailing '\n' makes the string linewise */ | |
3313 if (*ptr == NUL) | |
3314 { | |
3315 y_type = MLINE; | |
3316 break; | |
3317 } | |
3318 } | |
3319 } | |
3320 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3321 break; | |
3322 y_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned) | |
3323 (y_size * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
3324 if (y_array == NULL) | |
3325 goto end; | |
3326 } | |
3327 } | |
3328 else | |
3329 #endif | |
3330 { | |
3331 y_size = 1; /* use fake one-line yank register */ | |
3332 y_array = &insert_string; | |
3333 } | |
3334 } | |
3335 else | |
3336 { | |
3337 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
3338 | |
3339 y_type = y_current->y_type; | |
3340 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3341 y_width = y_current->y_width; | |
3342 #endif | |
3343 y_size = y_current->y_size; | |
3344 y_array = y_current->y_array; | |
3345 } | |
3346 | |
3347 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3348 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3349 { | |
3350 if (flags & PUT_LINE_SPLIT) | |
3351 { | |
3352 /* "p" or "P" in Visual mode: split the lines to put the text in | |
3353 * between. */ | |
3354 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
3355 goto end; | |
3356 ptr = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
3357 if (ptr == NULL) | |
3358 goto end; | |
3359 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ptr, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
3360 vim_free(ptr); | |
3361 | |
3362 ptr = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
3363 if (ptr == NULL) | |
3364 goto end; | |
3365 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ptr, FALSE); | |
3366 ++nr_lines; | |
3367 dir = FORWARD; | |
3368 } | |
3369 if (flags & PUT_LINE_FORWARD) | |
3370 { | |
3371 /* Must be "p" for a Visual block, put lines below the block. */ | |
692 | 3372 curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_visual.vi_end; |
7 | 3373 dir = FORWARD; |
3374 } | |
3375 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '[ mark */ | |
3376 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '] mark */ | |
3377 } | |
3378 #endif | |
3379 | |
3380 if (flags & PUT_LINE) /* :put command or "p" in Visual line mode. */ | |
3381 y_type = MLINE; | |
3382 | |
3383 if (y_size == 0 || y_array == NULL) | |
3384 { | |
3385 EMSG2(_("E353: Nothing in register %s"), | |
3386 regname == 0 ? (char_u *)"\"" : transchar(regname)); | |
3387 goto end; | |
3388 } | |
3389 | |
3390 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3391 if (y_type == MBLOCK) | |
3392 { | |
3393 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum + y_size + 1; | |
3394 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3395 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
3396 if (u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1, lnum) == FAIL) | |
3397 goto end; | |
3398 } | |
3399 else | |
3400 #endif | |
3401 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3402 { | |
3403 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3404 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3405 /* Correct line number for closed fold. Don't move the cursor yet, | |
3406 * u_save() uses it. */ | |
3407 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
3408 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
3409 else | |
3410 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
3411 #endif | |
3412 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3413 ++lnum; | |
3414 if (u_save(lnum - 1, lnum) == FAIL) | |
3415 goto end; | |
3416 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3417 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3418 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum - 1; | |
3419 else | |
3420 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3421 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* for mark_adjust() */ | |
3422 #endif | |
3423 } | |
3424 else if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
3425 goto end; | |
3426 | |
3427 yanklen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[0]); | |
3428 | |
3429 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3430 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL && y_type == MCHAR) | |
3431 { | |
3432 if (gchar_cursor() == TAB) | |
3433 { | |
3434 /* Don't need to insert spaces when "p" on the last position of a | |
3435 * tab or "P" on the first position. */ | |
3436 if (dir == FORWARD | |
3437 ? (int)curwin->w_cursor.coladd < curbuf->b_p_ts - 1 | |
3438 : curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
3439 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
3440 else | |
3441 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3442 } | |
3443 else if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
3444 coladvance_force(getviscol() + (dir == FORWARD)); | |
3445 } | |
3446 #endif | |
3447 | |
3448 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3449 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3450 | |
3451 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3452 /* | |
3453 * Block mode | |
3454 */ | |
3455 if (y_type == MBLOCK) | |
3456 { | |
3457 char c = gchar_cursor(); | |
3458 colnr_T endcol2 = 0; | |
3459 | |
3460 if (dir == FORWARD && c != NUL) | |
3461 { | |
3462 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3463 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
3464 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, &endcol2); | |
3465 else | |
3466 #endif | |
3467 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &col); | |
3468 | |
3469 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3470 if (has_mbyte) | |
3471 /* move to start of next multi-byte character */ | |
474 | 3472 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 3473 else |
3474 #endif | |
3475 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3476 if (c != TAB || ve_flags != VE_ALL) | |
3477 #endif | |
3478 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3479 ++col; | |
3480 } | |
3481 else | |
3482 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, &endcol2); | |
3483 | |
3484 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3485 col += curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
1304 | 3486 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL |
3487 && (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
3488 || endcol2 == curwin->w_cursor.col)) | |
7 | 3489 { |
3490 if (dir == FORWARD && c == NUL) | |
3491 ++col; | |
3492 if (dir != FORWARD && c != NUL) | |
3493 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3494 if (c == TAB) | |
3495 { | |
3496 if (dir == BACKWARD && curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
3497 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
3498 if (dir == FORWARD && col - 1 == endcol2) | |
3499 curwin->w_cursor.col++; | |
3500 } | |
3501 } | |
3502 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3503 #endif | |
699 | 3504 bd.textcol = 0; |
7 | 3505 for (i = 0; i < y_size; ++i) |
3506 { | |
3507 int spaces; | |
3508 char shortline; | |
3509 | |
3510 bd.startspaces = 0; | |
3511 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3512 vcol = 0; | |
3513 delcount = 0; | |
3514 | |
3515 /* add a new line */ | |
3516 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3517 { | |
3518 if (ml_append(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, (char_u *)"", | |
3519 (colnr_T)1, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
3520 break; | |
3521 ++nr_lines; | |
3522 } | |
3523 /* get the old line and advance to the position to insert at */ | |
3524 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
3525 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
3526 for (ptr = oldp; vcol < col && *ptr; ) | |
3527 { | |
3528 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
3529 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
3530 vcol += incr; | |
3531 } | |
3532 bd.textcol = (colnr_T)(ptr - oldp); | |
3533 | |
3534 shortline = (vcol < col) || (vcol == col && !*ptr) ; | |
3535 | |
3536 if (vcol < col) /* line too short, padd with spaces */ | |
3537 bd.startspaces = col - vcol; | |
3538 else if (vcol > col) | |
3539 { | |
3540 bd.endspaces = vcol - col; | |
3541 bd.startspaces = incr - bd.endspaces; | |
3542 --bd.textcol; | |
3543 delcount = 1; | |
3544 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3545 if (has_mbyte) | |
3546 bd.textcol -= (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + bd.textcol); | |
3547 #endif | |
3548 if (oldp[bd.textcol] != TAB) | |
3549 { | |
3550 /* Only a Tab can be split into spaces. Other | |
3551 * characters will have to be moved to after the | |
3552 * block, causing misalignment. */ | |
3553 delcount = 0; | |
3554 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3555 } | |
3556 } | |
3557 | |
3558 yanklen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[i]); | |
3559 | |
3560 /* calculate number of spaces required to fill right side of block*/ | |
3561 spaces = y_width + 1; | |
3562 for (j = 0; j < yanklen; j++) | |
3563 spaces -= lbr_chartabsize(&y_array[i][j], 0); | |
3564 if (spaces < 0) | |
3565 spaces = 0; | |
3566 | |
3567 /* insert the new text */ | |
3568 totlen = count * (yanklen + spaces) + bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces; | |
3569 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)totlen + oldlen + 1); | |
3570 if (newp == NULL) | |
3571 break; | |
3572 /* copy part up to cursor to new line */ | |
3573 ptr = newp; | |
3574 mch_memmove(ptr, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
3575 ptr += bd.textcol; | |
3576 /* may insert some spaces before the new text */ | |
3577 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)bd.startspaces); | |
3578 ptr += bd.startspaces; | |
3579 /* insert the new text */ | |
3580 for (j = 0; j < count; ++j) | |
3581 { | |
3582 mch_memmove(ptr, y_array[i], (size_t)yanklen); | |
3583 ptr += yanklen; | |
3584 | |
3585 /* insert block's trailing spaces only if there's text behind */ | |
3586 if ((j < count - 1 || !shortline) && spaces) | |
3587 { | |
3588 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)spaces); | |
3589 ptr += spaces; | |
3590 } | |
3591 } | |
3592 /* may insert some spaces after the new text */ | |
3593 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)bd.endspaces); | |
3594 ptr += bd.endspaces; | |
3595 /* move the text after the cursor to the end of the line. */ | |
3596 mch_memmove(ptr, oldp + bd.textcol + delcount, | |
3597 (size_t)(oldlen - bd.textcol - delcount + 1)); | |
3598 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
3599 | |
3600 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3601 if (i == 0) | |
3602 curwin->w_cursor.col += bd.startspaces; | |
3603 } | |
3604 | |
3605 changed_lines(lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nr_lines); | |
3606 | |
3607 /* Set '[ mark. */ | |
3608 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3609 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = lnum; | |
3610 | |
3611 /* adjust '] mark */ | |
3612 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1; | |
3613 curbuf->b_op_end.col = bd.textcol + totlen - 1; | |
237 | 3614 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
7 | 3615 curbuf->b_op_end.coladd = 0; |
237 | 3616 # endif |
7 | 3617 if (flags & PUT_CURSEND) |
3618 { | |
916 | 3619 colnr_T len; |
3620 | |
7 | 3621 curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_op_end; |
3622 curwin->w_cursor.col++; | |
916 | 3623 |
3624 /* in Insert mode we might be after the NUL, correct for that */ | |
3625 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
3626 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
3627 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
7 | 3628 } |
3629 else | |
3630 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3631 } | |
3632 else | |
3633 #endif | |
3634 { | |
3635 /* | |
3636 * Character or Line mode | |
3637 */ | |
3638 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3639 { | |
3640 /* if type is MCHAR, FORWARD is the same as BACKWARD on the next | |
3641 * char */ | |
3642 if (dir == FORWARD && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
3643 { | |
3644 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3645 if (has_mbyte) | |
3646 { | |
474 | 3647 int bytelen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 3648 |
3649 /* put it on the next of the multi-byte character. */ | |
3650 col += bytelen; | |
3651 if (yanklen) | |
3652 { | |
3653 curwin->w_cursor.col += bytelen; | |
3654 curbuf->b_op_end.col += bytelen; | |
3655 } | |
3656 } | |
3657 else | |
3658 #endif | |
3659 { | |
3660 ++col; | |
3661 if (yanklen) | |
3662 { | |
3663 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3664 ++curbuf->b_op_end.col; | |
3665 } | |
3666 } | |
3667 } | |
3668 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3669 } | |
3670 /* | |
3671 * Line mode: BACKWARD is the same as FORWARD on the previous line | |
3672 */ | |
3673 else if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
3674 --lnum; | |
699 | 3675 new_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
7 | 3676 |
3677 /* | |
3678 * simple case: insert into current line | |
3679 */ | |
3680 if (y_type == MCHAR && y_size == 1) | |
3681 { | |
3682 totlen = count * yanklen; | |
3683 if (totlen) | |
3684 { | |
3685 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
3686 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp) + totlen + 1)); | |
3687 if (newp == NULL) | |
3688 goto end; /* alloc() will give error message */ | |
3689 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
3690 ptr = newp + col; | |
3691 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
3692 { | |
3693 mch_memmove(ptr, y_array[0], (size_t)yanklen); | |
3694 ptr += yanklen; | |
3695 } | |
1622 | 3696 STRMOVE(ptr, oldp + col); |
7 | 3697 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); |
3698 /* Put cursor on last putted char. */ | |
3699 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)(totlen - 1); | |
3700 } | |
3701 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3702 /* For "CTRL-O p" in Insert mode, put cursor after last char */ | |
3703 if (totlen && (restart_edit != 0 || (flags & PUT_CURSEND))) | |
3704 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3705 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
3706 } | |
3707 else | |
3708 { | |
3709 /* | |
3710 * Insert at least one line. When y_type is MCHAR, break the first | |
3711 * line in two. | |
3712 */ | |
3713 for (cnt = 1; cnt <= count; ++cnt) | |
3714 { | |
3715 i = 0; | |
3716 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3717 { | |
3718 /* | |
3719 * Split the current line in two at the insert position. | |
3720 * First insert y_array[size - 1] in front of second line. | |
3721 * Then append y_array[0] to first line. | |
3722 */ | |
3723 lnum = new_cursor.lnum; | |
3724 ptr = ml_get(lnum) + col; | |
3725 totlen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[y_size - 1]); | |
3726 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(ptr) + totlen + 1)); | |
3727 if (newp == NULL) | |
3728 goto error; | |
3729 STRCPY(newp, y_array[y_size - 1]); | |
3730 STRCAT(newp, ptr); | |
3731 /* insert second line */ | |
3732 ml_append(lnum, newp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
3733 vim_free(newp); | |
3734 | |
3735 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
3736 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(col + yanklen + 1)); | |
3737 if (newp == NULL) | |
3738 goto error; | |
3739 /* copy first part of line */ | |
3740 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
3741 /* append to first line */ | |
3742 mch_memmove(newp + col, y_array[0], (size_t)(yanklen + 1)); | |
3743 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
3744 | |
3745 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3746 i = 1; | |
3747 } | |
3748 | |
3749 for (; i < y_size; ++i) | |
3750 { | |
3751 if ((y_type != MCHAR || i < y_size - 1) | |
3752 && ml_append(lnum, y_array[i], (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
3753 == FAIL) | |
3754 goto error; | |
3755 lnum++; | |
3756 ++nr_lines; | |
3757 if (flags & PUT_FIXINDENT) | |
3758 { | |
3759 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3760 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3761 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
3762 if (cnt == count && i == y_size - 1) | |
3763 lendiff = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
3764 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
3765 if (*ptr == '#' && preprocs_left()) | |
3766 indent = 0; /* Leave # lines at start */ | |
3767 else | |
3768 #endif | |
3769 if (*ptr == NUL) | |
3770 indent = 0; /* Ignore empty lines */ | |
3771 else if (first_indent) | |
3772 { | |
3773 indent_diff = orig_indent - get_indent(); | |
3774 indent = orig_indent; | |
3775 first_indent = FALSE; | |
3776 } | |
3777 else if ((indent = get_indent() + indent_diff) < 0) | |
3778 indent = 0; | |
3779 (void)set_indent(indent, 0); | |
3780 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
3781 /* remember how many chars were removed */ | |
3782 if (cnt == count && i == y_size - 1) | |
3783 lendiff -= (int)STRLEN(ml_get(lnum)); | |
3784 } | |
3785 } | |
3786 } | |
3787 | |
3788 error: | |
3789 /* Adjust marks. */ | |
3790 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3791 { | |
3792 curbuf->b_op_start.col = 0; | |
3793 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3794 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum++; | |
3795 } | |
3796 mark_adjust(curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + (y_type == MCHAR), | |
3797 (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, nr_lines, 0L); | |
3798 | |
3799 /* note changed text for displaying and folding */ | |
3800 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3801 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, col, | |
3802 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, nr_lines); | |
3803 else | |
3804 changed_lines(curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, 0, | |
3805 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, nr_lines); | |
3806 | |
3807 /* put '] mark at last inserted character */ | |
3808 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = lnum; | |
3809 /* correct length for change in indent */ | |
3810 col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(y_array[y_size - 1]) - lendiff; | |
3811 if (col > 1) | |
3812 curbuf->b_op_end.col = col - 1; | |
3813 else | |
3814 curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
3815 | |
168 | 3816 if (flags & PUT_CURSLINE) |
3817 { | |
237 | 3818 /* ":put": put cursor on last inserted line */ |
168 | 3819 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; |
3820 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3821 } | |
3822 else if (flags & PUT_CURSEND) | |
7 | 3823 { |
3824 /* put cursor after inserted text */ | |
3825 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3826 { | |
3827 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3828 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
3829 else | |
3830 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum + 1; | |
3831 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
3832 } | |
3833 else | |
3834 { | |
3835 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3836 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
3837 } | |
3838 } | |
3839 else if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3840 { | |
168 | 3841 /* put cursor on first non-blank in first inserted line */ |
7 | 3842 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
3843 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3844 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3845 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3846 } | |
3847 else /* put cursor on first inserted character */ | |
3848 curwin->w_cursor = new_cursor; | |
3849 } | |
3850 } | |
3851 | |
3852 msgmore(nr_lines); | |
3853 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
3854 | |
3855 end: | |
3856 if (allocated) | |
3857 vim_free(insert_string); | |
840 | 3858 if (regname == '=') |
3859 vim_free(y_array); | |
3860 | |
140 | 3861 /* If the cursor is past the end of the line put it at the end. */ |
844 | 3862 adjust_cursor_eol(); |
3863 } | |
3864 | |
3865 /* | |
3866 * When the cursor is on the NUL past the end of the line and it should not be | |
3867 * there move it left. | |
3868 */ | |
3869 void | |
3870 adjust_cursor_eol() | |
3871 { | |
3872 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
3873 && gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
773 | 3874 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
3875 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
3876 #endif | |
7 | 3877 && !(restart_edit || (State & INSERT))) |
3878 { | |
557 | 3879 /* Put the cursor on the last character in the line. */ |
555 | 3880 dec_cursor(); |
844 | 3881 |
7 | 3882 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
3883 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
557 | 3884 { |
3885 colnr_T scol, ecol; | |
3886 | |
3887 /* Coladd is set to the width of the last character. */ | |
3888 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &scol, NULL, &ecol); | |
3889 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = ecol - scol + 1; | |
3890 } | |
7 | 3891 #endif |
3892 } | |
3893 } | |
3894 | |
3895 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
3896 /* | |
3897 * Return TRUE if lines starting with '#' should be left aligned. | |
3898 */ | |
3899 int | |
3900 preprocs_left() | |
3901 { | |
3902 return | |
3903 # ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
3904 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3905 (curbuf->b_p_si && !curbuf->b_p_cin) || | |
3906 # else | |
3907 curbuf->b_p_si | |
3908 # endif | |
3909 # endif | |
3910 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3911 (curbuf->b_p_cin && in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)) | |
3912 # endif | |
3913 ; | |
3914 } | |
3915 #endif | |
3916 | |
3917 /* Return the character name of the register with the given number */ | |
3918 int | |
3919 get_register_name(num) | |
3920 int num; | |
3921 { | |
3922 if (num == -1) | |
3923 return '"'; | |
3924 else if (num < 10) | |
3925 return num + '0'; | |
3926 else if (num == DELETION_REGISTER) | |
3927 return '-'; | |
3928 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3929 else if (num == STAR_REGISTER) | |
3930 return '*'; | |
3931 else if (num == PLUS_REGISTER) | |
3932 return '+'; | |
3933 #endif | |
3934 else | |
3935 { | |
3936 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
3937 int i; | |
3938 | |
3939 /* EBCDIC is really braindead ... */ | |
3940 i = 'a' + (num - 10); | |
3941 if (i > 'i') | |
3942 i += 7; | |
3943 if (i > 'r') | |
3944 i += 8; | |
3945 return i; | |
3946 #else | |
3947 return num + 'a' - 10; | |
3948 #endif | |
3949 } | |
3950 } | |
3951 | |
3952 /* | |
3953 * ":dis" and ":registers": Display the contents of the yank registers. | |
3954 */ | |
3955 void | |
3956 ex_display(eap) | |
3957 exarg_T *eap; | |
3958 { | |
3959 int i, n; | |
3960 long j; | |
3961 char_u *p; | |
3962 struct yankreg *yb; | |
3963 int name; | |
3964 int attr; | |
3965 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
22 | 3966 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3967 int clen; | |
3968 #else | |
3969 # define clen 1 | |
3970 #endif | |
7 | 3971 |
3972 if (arg != NULL && *arg == NUL) | |
3973 arg = NULL; | |
3974 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
3975 | |
3976 /* Highlight title */ | |
3977 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Registers ---")); | |
3978 for (i = -1; i < NUM_REGISTERS && !got_int; ++i) | |
3979 { | |
3980 name = get_register_name(i); | |
3981 if (arg != NULL && vim_strchr(arg, name) == NULL) | |
3982 continue; /* did not ask for this register */ | |
3983 | |
3984 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3985 /* Adjust register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. | |
3986 * When it's a clipboard register, fill it with the current contents | |
3987 * of the clipboard. */ | |
3988 adjust_clip_reg(&name); | |
3989 (void)may_get_selection(name); | |
3990 #endif | |
3991 | |
3992 if (i == -1) | |
3993 { | |
3994 if (y_previous != NULL) | |
3995 yb = y_previous; | |
3996 else | |
3997 yb = &(y_regs[0]); | |
3998 } | |
3999 else | |
4000 yb = &(y_regs[i]); | |
2000 | 4001 |
4002 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4003 if (name == MB_TOLOWER(redir_reg) | |
4004 || (redir_reg == '"' && yb == y_previous)) | |
4005 continue; /* do not list register being written to, the | |
4006 * pointer can be freed */ | |
4007 #endif | |
4008 | |
7 | 4009 if (yb->y_array != NULL) |
4010 { | |
4011 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
4012 msg_putchar('"'); | |
4013 msg_putchar(name); | |
4014 MSG_PUTS(" "); | |
4015 | |
4016 n = (int)Columns - 6; | |
4017 for (j = 0; j < yb->y_size && n > 1; ++j) | |
4018 { | |
4019 if (j) | |
4020 { | |
4021 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("^J", attr); | |
4022 n -= 2; | |
4023 } | |
4024 for (p = yb->y_array[j]; *p && (n -= ptr2cells(p)) >= 0; ++p) | |
4025 { | |
4026 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 4027 clen = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
22 | 4028 #endif |
4029 msg_outtrans_len(p, clen); | |
4030 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4031 p += clen - 1; | |
7 | 4032 #endif |
4033 } | |
4034 } | |
4035 if (n > 1 && yb->y_type == MLINE) | |
4036 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("^J", attr); | |
4037 out_flush(); /* show one line at a time */ | |
4038 } | |
4039 ui_breakcheck(); | |
4040 } | |
4041 | |
4042 /* | |
4043 * display last inserted text | |
4044 */ | |
4045 if ((p = get_last_insert()) != NULL | |
4046 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '.') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4047 { | |
4048 MSG_PUTS("\n\". "); | |
4049 dis_msg(p, TRUE); | |
4050 } | |
4051 | |
4052 /* | |
4053 * display last command line | |
4054 */ | |
4055 if (last_cmdline != NULL && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, ':') != NULL) | |
4056 && !got_int) | |
4057 { | |
4058 MSG_PUTS("\n\": "); | |
4059 dis_msg(last_cmdline, FALSE); | |
4060 } | |
4061 | |
4062 /* | |
4063 * display current file name | |
4064 */ | |
4065 if (curbuf->b_fname != NULL | |
4066 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '%') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4067 { | |
4068 MSG_PUTS("\n\"% "); | |
4069 dis_msg(curbuf->b_fname, FALSE); | |
4070 } | |
4071 | |
4072 /* | |
4073 * display alternate file name | |
4074 */ | |
4075 if ((arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '%') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4076 { | |
4077 char_u *fname; | |
4078 linenr_T dummy; | |
4079 | |
4080 if (buflist_name_nr(0, &fname, &dummy) != FAIL) | |
4081 { | |
4082 MSG_PUTS("\n\"# "); | |
4083 dis_msg(fname, FALSE); | |
4084 } | |
4085 } | |
4086 | |
4087 /* | |
4088 * display last search pattern | |
4089 */ | |
4090 if (last_search_pat() != NULL | |
4091 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '/') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4092 { | |
4093 MSG_PUTS("\n\"/ "); | |
4094 dis_msg(last_search_pat(), FALSE); | |
4095 } | |
4096 | |
4097 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4098 /* | |
4099 * display last used expression | |
4100 */ | |
4101 if (expr_line != NULL && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '=') != NULL) | |
4102 && !got_int) | |
4103 { | |
4104 MSG_PUTS("\n\"= "); | |
4105 dis_msg(expr_line, FALSE); | |
4106 } | |
4107 #endif | |
4108 } | |
4109 | |
4110 /* | |
4111 * display a string for do_dis() | |
4112 * truncate at end of screen line | |
4113 */ | |
4114 static void | |
4115 dis_msg(p, skip_esc) | |
4116 char_u *p; | |
4117 int skip_esc; /* if TRUE, ignore trailing ESC */ | |
4118 { | |
4119 int n; | |
4120 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4121 int l; | |
4122 #endif | |
4123 | |
4124 n = (int)Columns - 6; | |
4125 while (*p != NUL | |
4126 && !(*p == ESC && skip_esc && *(p + 1) == NUL) | |
4127 && (n -= ptr2cells(p)) >= 0) | |
4128 { | |
4129 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 4130 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
7 | 4131 { |
4132 msg_outtrans_len(p, l); | |
4133 p += l; | |
4134 } | |
4135 else | |
4136 #endif | |
4137 msg_outtrans_len(p++, 1); | |
4138 } | |
4139 ui_breakcheck(); | |
4140 } | |
4141 | |
4142 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4143 * Join 'count' lines (minimal 2) at cursor position. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4144 * When "save_undo" is TRUE save lines for undo first. |
7 | 4145 * |
1217 | 4146 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise |
7 | 4147 */ |
4148 int | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4149 do_join(count, insert_space, save_undo) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4150 long count; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4151 int insert_space; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4152 int save_undo; |
7 | 4153 { |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4154 char_u *curr = NULL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4155 char_u *cend; |
7 | 4156 char_u *newp; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4157 char_u *spaces; /* number of spaces inserte before a line */ |
2310
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2298
diff
changeset
|
4158 int endcurr1 = NUL; |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2298
diff
changeset
|
4159 int endcurr2 = NUL; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4160 int currsize = 0; /* size of the current line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4161 int sumsize = 0; /* size of the long new line */ |
7 | 4162 linenr_T t; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4163 colnr_T col = 0; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4164 int ret = OK; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4165 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4166 if (save_undo && u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4167 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + count)) == FAIL) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4168 return FAIL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4169 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4170 /* Allocate an array to store the number of spaces inserted before each |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4171 * line. We will use it to pre-compute the length of the new line and the |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4172 * proper placement of each original line in the new one. */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4173 spaces = lalloc_clear((long_u)count, TRUE); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4174 if (spaces == NULL) |
7 | 4175 return FAIL; |
4176 | |
4177 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4178 * Don't move anything, just compute the final line length |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4179 * and setup the array of space strings lengths |
7 | 4180 */ |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4181 for (t = 0; t < count; ++t) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4182 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4183 curr = ml_get((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t)); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4184 if (insert_space && t > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4185 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4186 curr = skipwhite(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4187 if (*curr != ')' && currsize != 0 && endcurr1 != TAB |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4188 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4189 && (!has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_JOIN) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4190 || (mb_ptr2char(curr) < 0x100 && endcurr1 < 0x100)) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4191 && (!has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_JOIN2) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4192 || mb_ptr2char(curr) < 0x100 || endcurr1 < 0x100) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4193 #endif |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4194 ) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4195 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4196 /* don't add a space if the line is ending in a space */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4197 if (endcurr1 == ' ') |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4198 endcurr1 = endcurr2; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4199 else |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4200 ++spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4201 /* extra space when 'joinspaces' set and line ends in '.' */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4202 if ( p_js |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4203 && (endcurr1 == '.' |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4204 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) == NULL |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4205 && (endcurr1 == '?' || endcurr1 == '!')))) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4206 ++spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4207 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4208 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4209 currsize = (int)STRLEN(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4210 sumsize += currsize + spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4211 endcurr1 = endcurr2 = NUL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4212 if (insert_space && currsize > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4213 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4214 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4215 if (has_mbyte) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4216 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4217 cend = curr + currsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4218 mb_ptr_back(curr, cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4219 endcurr1 = (*mb_ptr2char)(cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4220 if (cend > curr) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4221 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4222 mb_ptr_back(curr, cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4223 endcurr2 = (*mb_ptr2char)(cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4224 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4225 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4226 else |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4227 #endif |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4228 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4229 endcurr1 = *(curr + currsize - 1); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4230 if (currsize > 1) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4231 endcurr2 = *(curr + currsize - 2); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4232 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4233 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4234 line_breakcheck(); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4235 if (got_int) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4236 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4237 ret = FAIL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4238 goto theend; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4239 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4240 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4241 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4242 /* store the column position before last line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4243 col = sumsize - currsize - spaces[count - 1]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4244 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4245 /* allocate the space for the new line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4246 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(sumsize + 1)); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4247 cend = newp + sumsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4248 *cend = 0; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4249 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4250 /* |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4251 * Move affected lines to the new long one. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4252 * |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4253 * Move marks from each deleted line to the joined line, adjusting the |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4254 * column. This is not Vi compatible, but Vi deletes the marks, thus that |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4255 * should not really be a problem. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4256 */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4257 for (t = count - 1; ; --t) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4258 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4259 cend -= currsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4260 mch_memmove(cend, curr, (size_t)currsize); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4261 if (spaces[t] > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4262 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4263 cend -= spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4264 copy_spaces(cend, (size_t)(spaces[t])); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4265 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4266 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t, (colnr_T)0, (linenr_T)-t, |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4267 (long)(cend - newp + spaces[t])); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4268 if (t == 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4269 break; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4270 curr = ml_get((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t - 1)); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4271 if (insert_space && t > 1) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4272 curr = skipwhite(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4273 currsize = (int)STRLEN(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4274 } |
7 | 4275 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); |
4276 | |
4277 /* Only report the change in the first line here, del_lines() will report | |
4278 * the deleted line. */ | |
4279 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, currsize, | |
4280 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
4281 | |
4282 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4283 * Delete following lines. To do this we move the cursor there |
7 | 4284 * briefly, and then move it back. After del_lines() the cursor may |
4285 * have moved up (last line deleted), so the current lnum is kept in t. | |
4286 */ | |
4287 t = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4288 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4289 del_lines(count - 1, FALSE); |
7 | 4290 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = t; |
4291 | |
4292 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4293 * Set the cursor column: |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4294 * Vi compatible: use the column of the first join |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
4295 * vim: use the column of the last join |
7 | 4296 */ |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4297 curwin->w_cursor.col = |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4298 (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINCOL) != NULL ? currsize : col); |
7 | 4299 check_cursor_col(); |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4300 |
7 | 4301 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
4302 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
4303 #endif | |
4304 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
4305 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4306 theend: |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4307 vim_free(spaces); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4308 return ret; |
7 | 4309 } |
4310 | |
4311 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4312 /* | |
4313 * Return TRUE if the two comment leaders given are the same. "lnum" is | |
4314 * the first line. White-space is ignored. Note that the whole of | |
4315 * 'leader1' must match 'leader2_len' characters from 'leader2' -- webb | |
4316 */ | |
4317 static int | |
4318 same_leader(lnum, leader1_len, leader1_flags, leader2_len, leader2_flags) | |
4319 linenr_T lnum; | |
4320 int leader1_len; | |
4321 char_u *leader1_flags; | |
4322 int leader2_len; | |
4323 char_u *leader2_flags; | |
4324 { | |
4325 int idx1 = 0, idx2 = 0; | |
4326 char_u *p; | |
4327 char_u *line1; | |
4328 char_u *line2; | |
4329 | |
4330 if (leader1_len == 0) | |
4331 return (leader2_len == 0); | |
4332 | |
4333 /* | |
4334 * If first leader has 'f' flag, the lines can be joined only if the | |
4335 * second line does not have a leader. | |
4336 * If first leader has 'e' flag, the lines can never be joined. | |
4337 * If fist leader has 's' flag, the lines can only be joined if there is | |
4338 * some text after it and the second line has the 'm' flag. | |
4339 */ | |
4340 if (leader1_flags != NULL) | |
4341 { | |
4342 for (p = leader1_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
4343 { | |
4344 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
4345 return (leader2_len == 0); | |
4346 if (*p == COM_END) | |
4347 return FALSE; | |
4348 if (*p == COM_START) | |
4349 { | |
4350 if (*(ml_get(lnum) + leader1_len) == NUL) | |
4351 return FALSE; | |
4352 if (leader2_flags == NULL || leader2_len == 0) | |
4353 return FALSE; | |
4354 for (p = leader2_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
4355 if (*p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
4356 return TRUE; | |
4357 return FALSE; | |
4358 } | |
4359 } | |
4360 } | |
4361 | |
4362 /* | |
4363 * Get current line and next line, compare the leaders. | |
4364 * The first line has to be saved, only one line can be locked at a time. | |
4365 */ | |
4366 line1 = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); | |
4367 if (line1 != NULL) | |
4368 { | |
4369 for (idx1 = 0; vim_iswhite(line1[idx1]); ++idx1) | |
4370 ; | |
4371 line2 = ml_get(lnum + 1); | |
4372 for (idx2 = 0; idx2 < leader2_len; ++idx2) | |
4373 { | |
4374 if (!vim_iswhite(line2[idx2])) | |
4375 { | |
4376 if (line1[idx1++] != line2[idx2]) | |
4377 break; | |
4378 } | |
4379 else | |
4380 while (vim_iswhite(line1[idx1])) | |
4381 ++idx1; | |
4382 } | |
4383 vim_free(line1); | |
4384 } | |
4385 return (idx2 == leader2_len && idx1 == leader1_len); | |
4386 } | |
4387 #endif | |
4388 | |
4389 /* | |
4390 * implementation of the format operator 'gq' | |
4391 */ | |
4392 void | |
4393 op_format(oap, keep_cursor) | |
4394 oparg_T *oap; | |
4395 int keep_cursor; /* keep cursor on same text char */ | |
4396 { | |
4397 long old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4398 | |
4399 /* Place the cursor where the "gq" or "gw" command was given, so that "u" | |
4400 * can put it back there. */ | |
4401 curwin->w_cursor = oap->cursor_start; | |
4402 | |
4403 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
4404 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
4405 return; | |
4406 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
4407 | |
4408 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4409 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4410 /* When there is no change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
4411 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
4412 #endif | |
4413 | |
4414 /* Set '[ mark at the start of the formatted area */ | |
4415 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
4416 | |
4417 /* For "gw" remember the cursor position and put it back below (adjusted | |
4418 * for joined and split lines). */ | |
4419 if (keep_cursor) | |
4420 saved_cursor = oap->cursor_start; | |
4421 | |
1563 | 4422 format_lines(oap->line_count, keep_cursor); |
7 | 4423 |
4424 /* | |
4425 * Leave the cursor at the first non-blank of the last formatted line. | |
4426 * If the cursor was moved one line back (e.g. with "Q}") go to the next | |
4427 * line, so "." will do the next lines. | |
4428 */ | |
4429 if (oap->end_adjusted && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4430 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4431 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
4432 old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; | |
4433 msgmore(old_line_count); | |
4434 | |
4435 /* put '] mark on the end of the formatted area */ | |
4436 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4437 | |
4438 if (keep_cursor) | |
4439 { | |
4440 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; | |
4441 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
4442 } | |
4443 | |
4444 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4445 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4446 { | |
4447 win_T *wp; | |
4448 | |
4449 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
4450 { | |
4451 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0) | |
4452 { | |
4453 /* When lines have been inserted or deleted, adjust the end of | |
4454 * the Visual area to be redrawn. */ | |
4455 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
4456 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum += old_line_count; | |
4457 else | |
4458 wp->w_old_visual_lnum += old_line_count; | |
4459 } | |
4460 } | |
4461 } | |
4462 #endif | |
4463 } | |
4464 | |
667 | 4465 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
4466 /* | |
4467 * Implementation of the format operator 'gq' for when using 'formatexpr'. | |
4468 */ | |
4469 void | |
4470 op_formatexpr(oap) | |
4471 oparg_T *oap; | |
4472 { | |
4473 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4474 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4475 /* When there is no change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
4476 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
4477 # endif | |
4478 | |
2298
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4479 if (fex_format(oap->start.lnum, oap->line_count, NUL) != 0) |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4480 /* As documented: when 'formatexpr' returns non-zero fall back to |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4481 * internal formatting. */ |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4482 op_format(oap, FALSE); |
667 | 4483 } |
4484 | |
4485 int | |
844 | 4486 fex_format(lnum, count, c) |
667 | 4487 linenr_T lnum; |
4488 long count; | |
844 | 4489 int c; /* character to be inserted */ |
667 | 4490 { |
681 | 4491 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"formatexpr", |
4492 OPT_LOCAL); | |
667 | 4493 int r; |
4494 | |
4495 /* | |
4496 * Set v:lnum to the first line number and v:count to the number of lines. | |
844 | 4497 * Set v:char to the character to be inserted (can be NUL). |
667 | 4498 */ |
4499 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, lnum); | |
4500 set_vim_var_nr(VV_COUNT, count); | |
1969 | 4501 set_vim_var_char(c); |
844 | 4502 |
667 | 4503 /* |
4504 * Evaluate the function. | |
4505 */ | |
4506 if (use_sandbox) | |
4507 ++sandbox; | |
4508 r = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_fex); | |
4509 if (use_sandbox) | |
4510 --sandbox; | |
844 | 4511 |
4512 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); | |
4513 | |
667 | 4514 return r; |
4515 } | |
4516 #endif | |
4517 | |
7 | 4518 /* |
4519 * Format "line_count" lines, starting at the cursor position. | |
4520 * When "line_count" is negative, format until the end of the paragraph. | |
4521 * Lines after the cursor line are saved for undo, caller must have saved the | |
4522 * first line. | |
4523 */ | |
4524 void | |
1563 | 4525 format_lines(line_count, avoid_fex) |
7 | 4526 linenr_T line_count; |
1563 | 4527 int avoid_fex; /* don't use 'formatexpr' */ |
7 | 4528 { |
4529 int max_len; | |
4530 int is_not_par; /* current line not part of parag. */ | |
4531 int next_is_not_par; /* next line not part of paragraph */ | |
4532 int is_end_par; /* at end of paragraph */ | |
4533 int prev_is_end_par = FALSE;/* prev. line not part of parag. */ | |
4534 int next_is_start_par = FALSE; | |
4535 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4536 int leader_len = 0; /* leader len of current line */ | |
4537 int next_leader_len; /* leader len of next line */ | |
4538 char_u *leader_flags = NULL; /* flags for leader of current line */ | |
4539 char_u *next_leader_flags; /* flags for leader of next line */ | |
4540 int do_comments; /* format comments */ | |
4541 #endif | |
4542 int advance = TRUE; | |
4543 int second_indent = -1; | |
4544 int do_second_indent; | |
4545 int do_number_indent; | |
4546 int do_trail_white; | |
4547 int first_par_line = TRUE; | |
4548 int smd_save; | |
4549 long count; | |
4550 int need_set_indent = TRUE; /* set indent of next paragraph */ | |
4551 int force_format = FALSE; | |
4552 int old_State = State; | |
4553 | |
4554 /* length of a line to force formatting: 3 * 'tw' */ | |
4555 max_len = comp_textwidth(TRUE) * 3; | |
4556 | |
4557 /* check for 'q', '2' and '1' in 'formatoptions' */ | |
4558 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4559 do_comments = has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS); | |
4560 #endif | |
4561 do_second_indent = has_format_option(FO_Q_SECOND); | |
4562 do_number_indent = has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER); | |
4563 do_trail_white = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
4564 | |
4565 /* | |
4566 * Get info about the previous and current line. | |
4567 */ | |
4568 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
4569 is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1 | |
4570 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4571 , &leader_len, &leader_flags, do_comments | |
4572 #endif | |
4573 ); | |
4574 else | |
4575 is_not_par = TRUE; | |
4576 next_is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
4577 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4578 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
4579 #endif | |
4580 ); | |
4581 is_end_par = (is_not_par || next_is_not_par); | |
4582 if (!is_end_par && do_trail_white) | |
4583 is_end_par = !ends_in_white(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
4584 | |
4585 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
4586 for (count = line_count; count != 0 && !got_int; --count) | |
4587 { | |
4588 /* | |
4589 * Advance to next paragraph. | |
4590 */ | |
4591 if (advance) | |
4592 { | |
4593 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
4594 prev_is_end_par = is_end_par; | |
4595 is_not_par = next_is_not_par; | |
4596 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4597 leader_len = next_leader_len; | |
4598 leader_flags = next_leader_flags; | |
4599 #endif | |
4600 } | |
4601 | |
4602 /* | |
4603 * The last line to be formatted. | |
4604 */ | |
4605 if (count == 1 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4606 { | |
4607 next_is_not_par = TRUE; | |
4608 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4609 next_leader_len = 0; | |
4610 next_leader_flags = NULL; | |
4611 #endif | |
4612 } | |
4613 else | |
4614 { | |
4615 next_is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1 | |
4616 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4617 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
4618 #endif | |
4619 ); | |
4620 if (do_number_indent) | |
4621 next_is_start_par = | |
4622 (get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1) > 0); | |
4623 } | |
4624 advance = TRUE; | |
4625 is_end_par = (is_not_par || next_is_not_par || next_is_start_par); | |
4626 if (!is_end_par && do_trail_white) | |
4627 is_end_par = !ends_in_white(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4628 | |
4629 /* | |
4630 * Skip lines that are not in a paragraph. | |
4631 */ | |
4632 if (is_not_par) | |
4633 { | |
4634 if (line_count < 0) | |
4635 break; | |
4636 } | |
4637 else | |
4638 { | |
4639 /* | |
4640 * For the first line of a paragraph, check indent of second line. | |
4641 * Don't do this for comments and empty lines. | |
4642 */ | |
4643 if (first_par_line | |
4644 && (do_second_indent || do_number_indent) | |
4645 && prev_is_end_par | |
4646 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
4647 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4648 && leader_len == 0 | |
4649 && next_leader_len == 0 | |
4650 #endif | |
4651 ) | |
4652 { | |
4653 if (do_second_indent | |
4654 && !lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) | |
4655 second_indent = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1); | |
4656 else if (do_number_indent) | |
4657 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4658 } | |
4659 | |
4660 /* | |
4661 * When the comment leader changes, it's the end of the paragraph. | |
4662 */ | |
4663 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
4664 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4665 || !same_leader(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
4666 leader_len, leader_flags, | |
4667 next_leader_len, next_leader_flags) | |
4668 #endif | |
4669 ) | |
4670 is_end_par = TRUE; | |
4671 | |
4672 /* | |
4673 * If we have got to the end of a paragraph, or the line is | |
4674 * getting long, format it. | |
4675 */ | |
4676 if (is_end_par || force_format) | |
4677 { | |
4678 if (need_set_indent) | |
4679 /* replace indent in first line with minimal number of | |
4680 * tabs and spaces, according to current options */ | |
4681 (void)set_indent(get_indent(), SIN_CHANGED); | |
4682 | |
4683 /* put cursor on last non-space */ | |
4684 State = NORMAL; /* don't go past end-of-line */ | |
4685 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
4686 while (curwin->w_cursor.col && vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
4687 dec_cursor(); | |
4688 | |
4689 /* do the formatting, without 'showmode' */ | |
4690 State = INSERT; /* for open_line() */ | |
4691 smd_save = p_smd; | |
4692 p_smd = FALSE; | |
4693 insertchar(NUL, INSCHAR_FORMAT | |
4694 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4695 + (do_comments ? INSCHAR_DO_COM : 0) | |
4696 #endif | |
1563 | 4697 + (avoid_fex ? INSCHAR_NO_FEX : 0), second_indent); |
7 | 4698 State = old_State; |
4699 p_smd = smd_save; | |
4700 second_indent = -1; | |
4701 /* at end of par.: need to set indent of next par. */ | |
4702 need_set_indent = is_end_par; | |
4703 if (is_end_par) | |
4704 { | |
4705 /* When called with a negative line count, break at the | |
4706 * end of the paragraph. */ | |
4707 if (line_count < 0) | |
4708 break; | |
4709 first_par_line = TRUE; | |
4710 } | |
4711 force_format = FALSE; | |
4712 } | |
4713 | |
4714 /* | |
4715 * When still in same paragraph, join the lines together. But | |
4716 * first delete the comment leader from the second line. | |
4717 */ | |
4718 if (!is_end_par) | |
4719 { | |
4720 advance = FALSE; | |
4721 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
4722 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
4723 if (line_count < 0 && u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4724 break; |
7 | 4725 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
610 | 4726 (void)del_bytes((long)next_leader_len, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 4727 if (next_leader_len > 0) |
4728 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (colnr_T)0, 0L, | |
4729 (long)-next_leader_len); | |
4730 #endif | |
4731 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4732 if (do_join(2, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) |
7 | 4733 { |
4734 beep_flush(); | |
4735 break; | |
4736 } | |
4737 first_par_line = FALSE; | |
4738 /* If the line is getting long, format it next time */ | |
4739 if (STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) > (size_t)max_len) | |
4740 force_format = TRUE; | |
4741 else | |
4742 force_format = FALSE; | |
4743 } | |
4744 } | |
4745 line_breakcheck(); | |
4746 } | |
4747 } | |
4748 | |
4749 /* | |
4750 * Return TRUE if line "lnum" ends in a white character. | |
4751 */ | |
4752 static int | |
4753 ends_in_white(lnum) | |
4754 linenr_T lnum; | |
4755 { | |
4756 char_u *s = ml_get(lnum); | |
4757 size_t l; | |
4758 | |
4759 if (*s == NUL) | |
4760 return FALSE; | |
4761 /* Don't use STRLEN() inside vim_iswhite(), SAS/C complains: "macro | |
4762 * invocation may call function multiple times". */ | |
4763 l = STRLEN(s) - 1; | |
4764 return vim_iswhite(s[l]); | |
4765 } | |
4766 | |
4767 /* | |
4768 * Blank lines, and lines containing only the comment leader, are left | |
4769 * untouched by the formatting. The function returns TRUE in this | |
4770 * case. It also returns TRUE when a line starts with the end of a comment | |
4771 * ('e' in comment flags), so that this line is skipped, and not joined to the | |
4772 * previous line. A new paragraph starts after a blank line, or when the | |
4773 * comment leader changes -- webb. | |
4774 */ | |
4775 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4776 static int | |
4777 fmt_check_par(lnum, leader_len, leader_flags, do_comments) | |
4778 linenr_T lnum; | |
4779 int *leader_len; | |
4780 char_u **leader_flags; | |
4781 int do_comments; | |
4782 { | |
4783 char_u *flags = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
4784 char_u *ptr; | |
4785 | |
4786 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
4787 if (do_comments) | |
4788 *leader_len = get_leader_len(ptr, leader_flags, FALSE); | |
4789 else | |
4790 *leader_len = 0; | |
4791 | |
4792 if (*leader_len > 0) | |
4793 { | |
4794 /* | |
4795 * Search for 'e' flag in comment leader flags. | |
4796 */ | |
4797 flags = *leader_flags; | |
4798 while (*flags && *flags != ':' && *flags != COM_END) | |
4799 ++flags; | |
4800 } | |
4801 | |
4802 return (*skipwhite(ptr + *leader_len) == NUL | |
4803 || (*leader_len > 0 && *flags == COM_END) | |
4804 || startPS(lnum, NUL, FALSE)); | |
4805 } | |
4806 #else | |
4807 static int | |
4808 fmt_check_par(lnum) | |
4809 linenr_T lnum; | |
4810 { | |
4811 return (*skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)) == NUL || startPS(lnum, NUL, FALSE)); | |
4812 } | |
4813 #endif | |
4814 | |
4815 /* | |
4816 * Return TRUE when a paragraph starts in line "lnum". Return FALSE when the | |
4817 * previous line is in the same paragraph. Used for auto-formatting. | |
4818 */ | |
4819 int | |
4820 paragraph_start(lnum) | |
4821 linenr_T lnum; | |
4822 { | |
4823 char_u *p; | |
4824 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4825 int leader_len = 0; /* leader len of current line */ | |
4826 char_u *leader_flags = NULL; /* flags for leader of current line */ | |
4827 int next_leader_len; /* leader len of next line */ | |
4828 char_u *next_leader_flags; /* flags for leader of next line */ | |
4829 int do_comments; /* format comments */ | |
4830 #endif | |
4831 | |
4832 if (lnum <= 1) | |
4833 return TRUE; /* start of the file */ | |
4834 | |
4835 p = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
4836 if (*p == NUL) | |
4837 return TRUE; /* after empty line */ | |
4838 | |
4839 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4840 do_comments = has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS); | |
4841 #endif | |
4842 if (fmt_check_par(lnum - 1 | |
4843 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4844 , &leader_len, &leader_flags, do_comments | |
4845 #endif | |
4846 )) | |
4847 return TRUE; /* after non-paragraph line */ | |
4848 | |
4849 if (fmt_check_par(lnum | |
4850 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4851 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
4852 #endif | |
4853 )) | |
4854 return TRUE; /* "lnum" is not a paragraph line */ | |
4855 | |
4856 if (has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR) && !ends_in_white(lnum - 1)) | |
4857 return TRUE; /* missing trailing space in previous line. */ | |
4858 | |
4859 if (has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER) && (get_number_indent(lnum) > 0)) | |
4860 return TRUE; /* numbered item starts in "lnum". */ | |
4861 | |
4862 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4863 if (!same_leader(lnum - 1, leader_len, leader_flags, | |
4864 next_leader_len, next_leader_flags)) | |
4865 return TRUE; /* change of comment leader. */ | |
4866 #endif | |
4867 | |
4868 return FALSE; | |
4869 } | |
4870 | |
4871 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4872 /* | |
4873 * prepare a few things for block mode yank/delete/tilde | |
4874 * | |
4875 * for delete: | |
4876 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be (partly) deleted | |
4877 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns that are taken by the | |
4878 * first/last deleted char minus the number of columns that have to be | |
1839 | 4879 * deleted. |
4880 * for yank and tilde: | |
7 | 4881 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be wholly yanked |
4882 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns of the first/last yanked char | |
4883 * that are to be yanked. | |
4884 */ | |
4885 static void | |
4886 block_prep(oap, bdp, lnum, is_del) | |
4887 oparg_T *oap; | |
4888 struct block_def *bdp; | |
4889 linenr_T lnum; | |
4890 int is_del; | |
4891 { | |
4892 int incr = 0; | |
4893 char_u *pend; | |
4894 char_u *pstart; | |
4895 char_u *line; | |
4896 char_u *prev_pstart; | |
4897 char_u *prev_pend; | |
4898 | |
4899 bdp->startspaces = 0; | |
4900 bdp->endspaces = 0; | |
4901 bdp->textlen = 0; | |
4902 bdp->start_vcol = 0; | |
4903 bdp->end_vcol = 0; | |
4904 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
4905 bdp->is_short = FALSE; | |
4906 bdp->is_oneChar = FALSE; | |
4907 bdp->pre_whitesp = 0; | |
4908 bdp->pre_whitesp_c = 0; | |
4909 bdp->end_char_vcols = 0; | |
4910 #endif | |
4911 bdp->start_char_vcols = 0; | |
4912 | |
4913 line = ml_get(lnum); | |
4914 pstart = line; | |
4915 prev_pstart = line; | |
4916 while (bdp->start_vcol < oap->start_vcol && *pstart) | |
4917 { | |
4918 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
4919 incr = lbr_chartabsize(pstart, (colnr_T)bdp->start_vcol); | |
4920 bdp->start_vcol += incr; | |
4921 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
4922 if (vim_iswhite(*pstart)) | |
4923 { | |
4924 bdp->pre_whitesp += incr; | |
4925 bdp->pre_whitesp_c++; | |
4926 } | |
4927 else | |
4928 { | |
4929 bdp->pre_whitesp = 0; | |
4930 bdp->pre_whitesp_c = 0; | |
4931 } | |
4932 #endif | |
4933 prev_pstart = pstart; | |
39 | 4934 mb_ptr_adv(pstart); |
7 | 4935 } |
4936 bdp->start_char_vcols = incr; | |
4937 if (bdp->start_vcol < oap->start_vcol) /* line too short */ | |
4938 { | |
4939 bdp->end_vcol = bdp->start_vcol; | |
4940 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
4941 bdp->is_short = TRUE; | |
4942 #endif | |
4943 if (!is_del || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
4944 bdp->endspaces = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
4945 } | |
4946 else | |
4947 { | |
4948 /* notice: this converts partly selected Multibyte characters to | |
4949 * spaces, too. */ | |
4950 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_vcol - oap->start_vcol; | |
4951 if (is_del && bdp->startspaces) | |
4952 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
4953 pend = pstart; | |
4954 bdp->end_vcol = bdp->start_vcol; | |
4955 if (bdp->end_vcol > oap->end_vcol) /* it's all in one character */ | |
4956 { | |
4957 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
4958 bdp->is_oneChar = TRUE; | |
4959 #endif | |
4960 if (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT) | |
4961 bdp->endspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
4962 else if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
4963 { | |
4964 bdp->startspaces += oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
4965 bdp->endspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
4966 } | |
4967 else | |
4968 { | |
4969 bdp->startspaces = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
4970 if (is_del && oap->op_type != OP_LSHIFT) | |
4971 { | |
4972 /* just putting the sum of those two into | |
4973 * bdp->startspaces doesn't work for Visual replace, | |
4974 * so we have to split the tab in two */ | |
4975 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols | |
4976 - (bdp->start_vcol - oap->start_vcol); | |
4977 bdp->endspaces = bdp->end_vcol - oap->end_vcol - 1; | |
4978 } | |
4979 } | |
4980 } | |
4981 else | |
4982 { | |
4983 prev_pend = pend; | |
4984 while (bdp->end_vcol <= oap->end_vcol && *pend != NUL) | |
4985 { | |
4986 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
4987 prev_pend = pend; | |
4988 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&pend, (colnr_T)bdp->end_vcol); | |
4989 bdp->end_vcol += incr; | |
4990 } | |
4991 if (bdp->end_vcol <= oap->end_vcol | |
4992 && (!is_del | |
4993 || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
4994 || oap->op_type == OP_REPLACE)) /* line too short */ | |
4995 { | |
4996 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
4997 bdp->is_short = TRUE; | |
4998 #endif | |
4999 /* Alternative: include spaces to fill up the block. | |
5000 * Disadvantage: can lead to trailing spaces when the line is | |
5001 * short where the text is put */ | |
5002 /* if (!is_del || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) */ | |
5003 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND || virtual_op) | |
5004 bdp->endspaces = oap->end_vcol - bdp->end_vcol | |
593 | 5005 + oap->inclusive; |
7 | 5006 else |
5007 bdp->endspaces = 0; /* replace doesn't add characters */ | |
5008 } | |
5009 else if (bdp->end_vcol > oap->end_vcol) | |
5010 { | |
5011 bdp->endspaces = bdp->end_vcol - oap->end_vcol - 1; | |
5012 if (!is_del && bdp->endspaces) | |
5013 { | |
5014 bdp->endspaces = incr - bdp->endspaces; | |
5015 if (pend != pstart) | |
5016 pend = prev_pend; | |
5017 } | |
5018 } | |
5019 } | |
5020 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5021 bdp->end_char_vcols = incr; | |
5022 #endif | |
5023 if (is_del && bdp->startspaces) | |
5024 pstart = prev_pstart; | |
5025 bdp->textlen = (int)(pend - pstart); | |
5026 } | |
5027 bdp->textcol = (colnr_T) (pstart - line); | |
5028 bdp->textstart = pstart; | |
5029 } | |
5030 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
5031 | |
5032 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5033 static void reverse_line __ARGS((char_u *s)); | |
5034 | |
5035 static void | |
5036 reverse_line(s) | |
5037 char_u *s; | |
5038 { | |
5039 int i, j; | |
5040 char_u c; | |
5041 | |
5042 if ((i = (int)STRLEN(s) - 1) <= 0) | |
5043 return; | |
5044 | |
5045 curwin->w_cursor.col = i - curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5046 for (j = 0; j < i; j++, i--) | |
5047 { | |
5048 c = s[i]; s[i] = s[j]; s[j] = c; | |
5049 } | |
5050 } | |
5051 | |
5052 # define RLADDSUBFIX(ptr) if (curwin->w_p_rl) reverse_line(ptr); | |
5053 #else | |
5054 # define RLADDSUBFIX(ptr) | |
5055 #endif | |
5056 | |
5057 /* | |
5058 * add or subtract 'Prenum1' from a number in a line | |
5059 * 'command' is CTRL-A for add, CTRL-X for subtract | |
5060 * | |
5061 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
5062 */ | |
5063 int | |
5064 do_addsub(command, Prenum1) | |
5065 int command; | |
5066 linenr_T Prenum1; | |
5067 { | |
5068 int col; | |
5069 char_u *buf1; | |
5070 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; | |
5071 int hex; /* 'X' or 'x': hex; '0': octal */ | |
5072 static int hexupper = FALSE; /* 0xABC */ | |
835 | 5073 unsigned long n; |
7 | 5074 long_u oldn; |
5075 char_u *ptr; | |
5076 int c; | |
5077 int length = 0; /* character length of the number */ | |
5078 int todel; | |
5079 int dohex; | |
5080 int dooct; | |
5081 int doalp; | |
5082 int firstdigit; | |
5083 int negative; | |
5084 int subtract; | |
5085 | |
5086 dohex = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'x') != NULL); /* "heX" */ | |
5087 dooct = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'o') != NULL); /* "Octal" */ | |
5088 doalp = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'p') != NULL); /* "alPha" */ | |
5089 | |
5090 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
5091 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5092 | |
5093 /* | |
5094 * First check if we are on a hexadecimal number, after the "0x". | |
5095 */ | |
5096 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5097 if (dohex) | |
5098 while (col > 0 && vim_isxdigit(ptr[col])) | |
5099 --col; | |
5100 if ( dohex | |
5101 && col > 0 | |
5102 && (ptr[col] == 'X' | |
5103 || ptr[col] == 'x') | |
5104 && ptr[col - 1] == '0' | |
5105 && vim_isxdigit(ptr[col + 1])) | |
5106 { | |
5107 /* | |
5108 * Found hexadecimal number, move to its start. | |
5109 */ | |
5110 --col; | |
5111 } | |
5112 else | |
5113 { | |
5114 /* | |
5115 * Search forward and then backward to find the start of number. | |
5116 */ | |
5117 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5118 | |
5119 while (ptr[col] != NUL | |
5120 && !vim_isdigit(ptr[col]) | |
5121 && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(ptr[col]))) | |
5122 ++col; | |
5123 | |
5124 while (col > 0 | |
5125 && vim_isdigit(ptr[col - 1]) | |
5126 && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(ptr[col]))) | |
5127 --col; | |
5128 } | |
5129 | |
5130 /* | |
5131 * If a number was found, and saving for undo works, replace the number. | |
5132 */ | |
5133 firstdigit = ptr[col]; | |
5134 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5135 if ((!VIM_ISDIGIT(firstdigit) && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(firstdigit))) | |
5136 || u_save_cursor() != OK) | |
5137 { | |
5138 beep_flush(); | |
5139 return FAIL; | |
5140 } | |
5141 | |
5142 /* get ptr again, because u_save() may have changed it */ | |
5143 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
5144 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5145 | |
5146 if (doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(firstdigit)) | |
5147 { | |
5148 /* decrement or increment alphabetic character */ | |
5149 if (command == Ctrl_X) | |
5150 { | |
5151 if (CharOrd(firstdigit) < Prenum1) | |
5152 { | |
5153 if (isupper(firstdigit)) | |
5154 firstdigit = 'A'; | |
5155 else | |
5156 firstdigit = 'a'; | |
5157 } | |
5158 else | |
5159 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5160 firstdigit = EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(firstdigit, -Prenum1); | |
5161 #else | |
5162 firstdigit -= Prenum1; | |
5163 #endif | |
5164 } | |
5165 else | |
5166 { | |
5167 if (26 - CharOrd(firstdigit) - 1 < Prenum1) | |
5168 { | |
5169 if (isupper(firstdigit)) | |
5170 firstdigit = 'Z'; | |
5171 else | |
5172 firstdigit = 'z'; | |
5173 } | |
5174 else | |
5175 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5176 firstdigit = EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(firstdigit, Prenum1); | |
5177 #else | |
5178 firstdigit += Prenum1; | |
5179 #endif | |
5180 } | |
5181 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5182 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
5183 ins_char(firstdigit); | |
5184 } | |
5185 else | |
5186 { | |
5187 negative = FALSE; | |
5188 if (col > 0 && ptr[col - 1] == '-') /* negative number */ | |
5189 { | |
5190 --col; | |
5191 negative = TRUE; | |
5192 } | |
5193 | |
5194 /* get the number value (unsigned) */ | |
5195 vim_str2nr(ptr + col, &hex, &length, dooct, dohex, NULL, &n); | |
5196 | |
5197 /* ignore leading '-' for hex and octal numbers */ | |
5198 if (hex && negative) | |
5199 { | |
5200 ++col; | |
5201 --length; | |
5202 negative = FALSE; | |
5203 } | |
5204 | |
5205 /* add or subtract */ | |
5206 subtract = FALSE; | |
5207 if (command == Ctrl_X) | |
5208 subtract ^= TRUE; | |
5209 if (negative) | |
5210 subtract ^= TRUE; | |
5211 | |
5212 oldn = n; | |
5213 if (subtract) | |
5214 n -= (unsigned long)Prenum1; | |
5215 else | |
5216 n += (unsigned long)Prenum1; | |
5217 | |
5218 /* handle wraparound for decimal numbers */ | |
5219 if (!hex) | |
5220 { | |
5221 if (subtract) | |
5222 { | |
5223 if (n > oldn) | |
5224 { | |
5225 n = 1 + (n ^ (unsigned long)-1); | |
5226 negative ^= TRUE; | |
5227 } | |
5228 } | |
5229 else /* add */ | |
5230 { | |
5231 if (n < oldn) | |
5232 { | |
5233 n = (n ^ (unsigned long)-1); | |
5234 negative ^= TRUE; | |
5235 } | |
5236 } | |
5237 if (n == 0) | |
5238 negative = FALSE; | |
5239 } | |
5240 | |
5241 /* | |
5242 * Delete the old number. | |
5243 */ | |
5244 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5245 todel = length; | |
5246 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
5247 /* | |
5248 * Don't include the '-' in the length, only the length of the part | |
5249 * after it is kept the same. | |
5250 */ | |
5251 if (c == '-') | |
5252 --length; | |
5253 while (todel-- > 0) | |
5254 { | |
5255 if (c < 0x100 && isalpha(c)) | |
5256 { | |
5257 if (isupper(c)) | |
5258 hexupper = TRUE; | |
5259 else | |
5260 hexupper = FALSE; | |
5261 } | |
5262 /* del_char() will mark line needing displaying */ | |
5263 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
5264 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
5265 } | |
5266 | |
5267 /* | |
5268 * Prepare the leading characters in buf1[]. | |
5269 * When there are many leading zeros it could be very long. Allocate | |
5270 * a bit too much. | |
5271 */ | |
5272 buf1 = alloc((unsigned)length + NUMBUFLEN); | |
5273 if (buf1 == NULL) | |
5274 return FAIL; | |
5275 ptr = buf1; | |
5276 if (negative) | |
5277 { | |
5278 *ptr++ = '-'; | |
5279 } | |
5280 if (hex) | |
5281 { | |
5282 *ptr++ = '0'; | |
5283 --length; | |
5284 } | |
5285 if (hex == 'x' || hex == 'X') | |
5286 { | |
5287 *ptr++ = hex; | |
5288 --length; | |
5289 } | |
5290 | |
5291 /* | |
5292 * Put the number characters in buf2[]. | |
5293 */ | |
5294 if (hex == 0) | |
5295 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lu", n); | |
5296 else if (hex == '0') | |
5297 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lo", n); | |
5298 else if (hex && hexupper) | |
5299 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lX", n); | |
5300 else | |
5301 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lx", n); | |
5302 length -= (int)STRLEN(buf2); | |
5303 | |
5304 /* | |
39 | 5305 * Adjust number of zeros to the new number of digits, so the |
5306 * total length of the number remains the same. | |
5307 * Don't do this when | |
5308 * the result may look like an octal number. | |
7 | 5309 */ |
39 | 5310 if (firstdigit == '0' && !(dooct && hex == 0)) |
7 | 5311 while (length-- > 0) |
5312 *ptr++ = '0'; | |
5313 *ptr = NUL; | |
5314 STRCAT(buf1, buf2); | |
5315 ins_str(buf1); /* insert the new number */ | |
5316 vim_free(buf1); | |
5317 } | |
5318 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5319 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
5320 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5321 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); | |
5322 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5323 #endif | |
5324 return OK; | |
5325 } | |
5326 | |
5327 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
5328 int | |
5329 read_viminfo_register(virp, force) | |
5330 vir_T *virp; | |
5331 int force; | |
5332 { | |
5333 int eof; | |
5334 int do_it = TRUE; | |
5335 int size; | |
5336 int limit; | |
5337 int i; | |
5338 int set_prev = FALSE; | |
5339 char_u *str; | |
5340 char_u **array = NULL; | |
5341 | |
5342 /* We only get here (hopefully) if line[0] == '"' */ | |
5343 str = virp->vir_line + 1; | |
1893 | 5344 |
5345 /* If the line starts with "" this is the y_previous register. */ | |
7 | 5346 if (*str == '"') |
5347 { | |
5348 set_prev = TRUE; | |
5349 str++; | |
5350 } | |
1893 | 5351 |
7 | 5352 if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*str) && *str != '-') |
5353 { | |
5354 if (viminfo_error("E577: ", _("Illegal register name"), virp->vir_line)) | |
5355 return TRUE; /* too many errors, pretend end-of-file */ | |
5356 do_it = FALSE; | |
5357 } | |
5358 get_yank_register(*str++, FALSE); | |
5359 if (!force && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
5360 do_it = FALSE; | |
1893 | 5361 |
5362 if (*str == '@') | |
5363 { | |
5364 /* "x@: register x used for @@ */ | |
5365 if (force || execreg_lastc == NUL) | |
5366 execreg_lastc = str[-1]; | |
5367 } | |
5368 | |
7 | 5369 size = 0; |
5370 limit = 100; /* Optimized for registers containing <= 100 lines */ | |
5371 if (do_it) | |
5372 { | |
5373 if (set_prev) | |
5374 y_previous = y_current; | |
5375 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
5376 array = y_current->y_array = | |
5377 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(limit * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
1893 | 5378 str = skipwhite(skiptowhite(str)); |
7 | 5379 if (STRNCMP(str, "CHAR", 4) == 0) |
5380 y_current->y_type = MCHAR; | |
5381 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5382 else if (STRNCMP(str, "BLOCK", 5) == 0) | |
5383 y_current->y_type = MBLOCK; | |
5384 #endif | |
5385 else | |
5386 y_current->y_type = MLINE; | |
5387 /* get the block width; if it's missing we get a zero, which is OK */ | |
5388 str = skipwhite(skiptowhite(str)); | |
5389 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5390 y_current->y_width = getdigits(&str); | |
5391 #else | |
5392 (void)getdigits(&str); | |
5393 #endif | |
5394 } | |
5395 | |
5396 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(virp)) | |
5397 && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB || virp->vir_line[0] == '<')) | |
5398 { | |
5399 if (do_it) | |
5400 { | |
5401 if (size >= limit) | |
5402 { | |
5403 y_current->y_array = (char_u **) | |
5404 alloc((unsigned)(limit * 2 * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
5405 for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) | |
5406 y_current->y_array[i] = array[i]; | |
5407 vim_free(array); | |
5408 limit *= 2; | |
5409 array = y_current->y_array; | |
5410 } | |
5411 str = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); | |
5412 if (str != NULL) | |
5413 array[size++] = str; | |
5414 else | |
5415 do_it = FALSE; | |
5416 } | |
5417 } | |
5418 if (do_it) | |
5419 { | |
5420 if (size == 0) | |
5421 { | |
5422 vim_free(array); | |
5423 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
5424 } | |
5425 else if (size < limit) | |
5426 { | |
5427 y_current->y_array = | |
5428 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(size * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
5429 for (i = 0; i < size; i++) | |
5430 y_current->y_array[i] = array[i]; | |
5431 vim_free(array); | |
5432 } | |
5433 y_current->y_size = size; | |
5434 } | |
5435 return eof; | |
5436 } | |
5437 | |
5438 void | |
5439 write_viminfo_registers(fp) | |
5440 FILE *fp; | |
5441 { | |
5442 int i, j; | |
5443 char_u *type; | |
5444 char_u c; | |
5445 int num_lines; | |
5446 int max_num_lines; | |
5447 int max_kbyte; | |
5448 long len; | |
5449 | |
2278
0b3be97064e5
Various small fixes from Dominique Pelle.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
5450 fputs(_("\n# Registers:\n"), fp); |
7 | 5451 |
5452 /* Get '<' value, use old '"' value if '<' is not found. */ | |
5453 max_num_lines = get_viminfo_parameter('<'); | |
5454 if (max_num_lines < 0) | |
5455 max_num_lines = get_viminfo_parameter('"'); | |
5456 if (max_num_lines == 0) | |
5457 return; | |
5458 max_kbyte = get_viminfo_parameter('s'); | |
5459 if (max_kbyte == 0) | |
5460 return; | |
1893 | 5461 |
7 | 5462 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; i++) |
5463 { | |
5464 if (y_regs[i].y_array == NULL) | |
5465 continue; | |
5466 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
5467 /* Skip '*'/'+' register, we don't want them back next time */ | |
5468 if (i == STAR_REGISTER || i == PLUS_REGISTER) | |
5469 continue; | |
5470 #endif | |
5471 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
5472 /* Neither do we want the '~' register */ | |
5473 if (i == TILDE_REGISTER) | |
5474 continue; | |
5475 #endif | |
55 | 5476 /* Skip empty registers. */ |
7 | 5477 num_lines = y_regs[i].y_size; |
55 | 5478 if (num_lines == 0 |
5479 || (num_lines == 1 && y_regs[i].y_type == MCHAR | |
2278
0b3be97064e5
Various small fixes from Dominique Pelle.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
5480 && *y_regs[i].y_array[0] == NUL)) |
55 | 5481 continue; |
5482 | |
7 | 5483 if (max_kbyte > 0) |
5484 { | |
5485 /* Skip register if there is more text than the maximum size. */ | |
5486 len = 0; | |
5487 for (j = 0; j < num_lines; j++) | |
835 | 5488 len += (long)STRLEN(y_regs[i].y_array[j]) + 1L; |
7 | 5489 if (len > (long)max_kbyte * 1024L) |
5490 continue; | |
5491 } | |
5492 | |
5493 switch (y_regs[i].y_type) | |
5494 { | |
5495 case MLINE: | |
5496 type = (char_u *)"LINE"; | |
5497 break; | |
5498 case MCHAR: | |
5499 type = (char_u *)"CHAR"; | |
5500 break; | |
5501 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5502 case MBLOCK: | |
5503 type = (char_u *)"BLOCK"; | |
5504 break; | |
5505 #endif | |
5506 default: | |
5507 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("E574: Unknown register type %d"), | |
274 | 5508 y_regs[i].y_type); |
7 | 5509 emsg(IObuff); |
5510 type = (char_u *)"LINE"; | |
5511 break; | |
5512 } | |
5513 if (y_previous == &y_regs[i]) | |
5514 fprintf(fp, "\""); | |
5515 c = get_register_name(i); | |
1893 | 5516 fprintf(fp, "\"%c", c); |
5517 if (c == execreg_lastc) | |
5518 fprintf(fp, "@"); | |
5519 fprintf(fp, "\t%s\t%d\n", type, | |
7 | 5520 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
5521 (int)y_regs[i].y_width | |
5522 #else | |
5523 0 | |
5524 #endif | |
5525 ); | |
5526 | |
5527 /* If max_num_lines < 0, then we save ALL the lines in the register */ | |
5528 if (max_num_lines > 0 && num_lines > max_num_lines) | |
5529 num_lines = max_num_lines; | |
5530 for (j = 0; j < num_lines; j++) | |
5531 { | |
5532 putc('\t', fp); | |
5533 viminfo_writestring(fp, y_regs[i].y_array[j]); | |
5534 } | |
5535 } | |
5536 } | |
5537 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ | |
5538 | |
5539 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) | |
5540 /* | |
5541 * SELECTION / PRIMARY ('*') | |
5542 * | |
5543 * Text selection stuff that uses the GUI selection register '*'. When using a | |
5544 * GUI this may be text from another window, otherwise it is the last text we | |
5545 * had highlighted with VIsual mode. With mouse support, clicking the middle | |
5546 * button performs the paste, otherwise you will need to do <"*p>. " | |
5547 * If not under X, it is synonymous with the clipboard register '+'. | |
5548 * | |
5549 * X CLIPBOARD ('+') | |
5550 * | |
5551 * Text selection stuff that uses the GUI clipboard register '+'. | |
5552 * Under X, this matches the standard cut/paste buffer CLIPBOARD selection. | |
5553 * It will be used for unnamed cut/pasting is 'clipboard' contains "unnamed", | |
5554 * otherwise you will need to do <"+p>. " | |
5555 * If not under X, it is synonymous with the selection register '*'. | |
5556 */ | |
5557 | |
5558 /* | |
5559 * Routine to export any final X selection we had to the environment | |
5560 * so that the text is still available after vim has exited. X selections | |
5561 * only exist while the owning application exists, so we write to the | |
5562 * permanent (while X runs) store CUT_BUFFER0. | |
5563 * Dump the CLIPBOARD selection if we own it (it's logically the more | |
5564 * 'permanent' of the two), otherwise the PRIMARY one. | |
5565 * For now, use a hard-coded sanity limit of 1Mb of data. | |
5566 */ | |
5567 #if defined(FEAT_X11) && defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
5568 void | |
5569 x11_export_final_selection() | |
5570 { | |
5571 Display *dpy; | |
5572 char_u *str = NULL; | |
5573 long_u len = 0; | |
5574 int motion_type = -1; | |
5575 | |
5576 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5577 if (gui.in_use) | |
5578 dpy = X_DISPLAY; | |
5579 else | |
5580 # endif | |
5581 # ifdef FEAT_XCLIPBOARD | |
5582 dpy = xterm_dpy; | |
5583 # else | |
5584 return; | |
5585 # endif | |
5586 | |
5587 /* Get selection to export */ | |
5588 if (clip_plus.owned) | |
5589 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &len, &clip_plus); | |
5590 else if (clip_star.owned) | |
5591 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &len, &clip_star); | |
5592 | |
5593 /* Check it's OK */ | |
5594 if (dpy != NULL && str != NULL && motion_type >= 0 | |
5595 && len < 1024*1024 && len > 0) | |
5596 { | |
1924 | 5597 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5598 /* The CUT_BUFFER0 is supposed to always contain latin1. Convert from | |
5599 * 'enc' when it is a multi-byte encoding. When 'enc' is an 8-bit | |
5600 * encoding conversion usually doesn't work, so keep the text as-is. | |
5601 */ | |
5602 if (has_mbyte) | |
5603 { | |
5604 vimconv_T vc; | |
5605 | |
5606 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
5607 if (convert_setup(&vc, p_enc, (char_u *)"latin1") == OK) | |
5608 { | |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2007
diff
changeset
|
5609 int intlen = len; |
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2007
diff
changeset
|
5610 char_u *conv_str; |
2007 | 5611 |
5612 conv_str = string_convert(&vc, str, &intlen); | |
5613 len = intlen; | |
1924 | 5614 if (conv_str != NULL) |
5615 { | |
5616 vim_free(str); | |
5617 str = conv_str; | |
5618 } | |
5619 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); | |
5620 } | |
5621 } | |
5622 #endif | |
7 | 5623 XStoreBuffer(dpy, (char *)str, (int)len, 0); |
5624 XFlush(dpy); | |
5625 } | |
5626 | |
5627 vim_free(str); | |
5628 } | |
5629 #endif | |
5630 | |
5631 void | |
5632 clip_free_selection(cbd) | |
5633 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5634 { | |
5635 struct yankreg *y_ptr = y_current; | |
5636 | |
5637 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
5638 y_current = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
5639 else | |
5640 y_current = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
5641 free_yank_all(); | |
5642 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
5643 y_current = y_ptr; | |
5644 } | |
5645 | |
5646 /* | |
5647 * Get the selected text and put it in the gui selection register '*' or '+'. | |
5648 */ | |
5649 void | |
5650 clip_get_selection(cbd) | |
5651 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5652 { | |
5653 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
5654 pos_T old_cursor; | |
5655 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5656 pos_T old_visual; | |
5657 int old_visual_mode; | |
5658 #endif | |
5659 colnr_T old_curswant; | |
5660 int old_set_curswant; | |
5661 pos_T old_op_start, old_op_end; | |
5662 oparg_T oa; | |
5663 cmdarg_T ca; | |
5664 | |
5665 if (cbd->owned) | |
5666 { | |
5667 if ((cbd == &clip_plus && y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER].y_array != NULL) | |
5668 || (cbd == &clip_star && y_regs[STAR_REGISTER].y_array != NULL)) | |
5669 return; | |
5670 | |
5671 /* Get the text between clip_star.start & clip_star.end */ | |
5672 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
5673 old_y_current = y_current; | |
5674 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
5675 old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; | |
5676 old_set_curswant = curwin->w_set_curswant; | |
5677 old_op_start = curbuf->b_op_start; | |
5678 old_op_end = curbuf->b_op_end; | |
5679 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5680 old_visual = VIsual; | |
5681 old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
5682 #endif | |
5683 clear_oparg(&oa); | |
5684 oa.regname = (cbd == &clip_plus ? '+' : '*'); | |
5685 oa.op_type = OP_YANK; | |
5686 vim_memset(&ca, 0, sizeof(ca)); | |
5687 ca.oap = &oa; | |
5688 ca.cmdchar = 'y'; | |
5689 ca.count1 = 1; | |
5690 ca.retval = CA_NO_ADJ_OP_END; | |
5691 do_pending_operator(&ca, 0, TRUE); | |
5692 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
5693 y_current = old_y_current; | |
5694 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
688 | 5695 changed_cline_bef_curs(); /* need to update w_virtcol et al */ |
7 | 5696 curwin->w_curswant = old_curswant; |
5697 curwin->w_set_curswant = old_set_curswant; | |
5698 curbuf->b_op_start = old_op_start; | |
5699 curbuf->b_op_end = old_op_end; | |
5700 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5701 VIsual = old_visual; | |
5702 VIsual_mode = old_visual_mode; | |
5703 #endif | |
5704 } | |
5705 else | |
5706 { | |
5707 clip_free_selection(cbd); | |
5708 | |
5709 /* Try to get selected text from another window */ | |
5710 clip_gen_request_selection(cbd); | |
5711 } | |
5712 } | |
5713 | |
5714 /* Convert from the GUI selection string into the '*'/'+' register */ | |
5715 void | |
5716 clip_yank_selection(type, str, len, cbd) | |
5717 int type; | |
5718 char_u *str; | |
5719 long len; | |
5720 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5721 { | |
5722 struct yankreg *y_ptr; | |
5723 | |
5724 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
5725 y_ptr = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
5726 else | |
5727 y_ptr = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
5728 | |
5729 clip_free_selection(cbd); | |
5730 | |
5731 str_to_reg(y_ptr, type, str, len, 0L); | |
5732 } | |
5733 | |
5734 /* | |
5735 * Convert the '*'/'+' register into a GUI selection string returned in *str | |
5736 * with length *len. | |
5737 * Returns the motion type, or -1 for failure. | |
5738 */ | |
5739 int | |
5740 clip_convert_selection(str, len, cbd) | |
5741 char_u **str; | |
5742 long_u *len; | |
5743 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5744 { | |
5745 char_u *p; | |
5746 int lnum; | |
5747 int i, j; | |
5748 int_u eolsize; | |
5749 struct yankreg *y_ptr; | |
5750 | |
5751 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
5752 y_ptr = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
5753 else | |
5754 y_ptr = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
5755 | |
5756 #ifdef USE_CRNL | |
5757 eolsize = 2; | |
5758 #else | |
5759 eolsize = 1; | |
5760 #endif | |
5761 | |
5762 *str = NULL; | |
5763 *len = 0; | |
5764 if (y_ptr->y_array == NULL) | |
5765 return -1; | |
5766 | |
5767 for (i = 0; i < y_ptr->y_size; i++) | |
5768 *len += (long_u)STRLEN(y_ptr->y_array[i]) + eolsize; | |
5769 | |
5770 /* | |
5771 * Don't want newline character at end of last line if we're in MCHAR mode. | |
5772 */ | |
5773 if (y_ptr->y_type == MCHAR && *len >= eolsize) | |
5774 *len -= eolsize; | |
5775 | |
5776 p = *str = lalloc(*len + 1, TRUE); /* add one to avoid zero */ | |
5777 if (p == NULL) | |
5778 return -1; | |
5779 lnum = 0; | |
5780 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < (int)*len; i++, j++) | |
5781 { | |
5782 if (y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j] == '\n') | |
5783 p[i] = NUL; | |
5784 else if (y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j] == NUL) | |
5785 { | |
5786 #ifdef USE_CRNL | |
5787 p[i++] = '\r'; | |
5788 #endif | |
5789 #ifdef USE_CR | |
5790 p[i] = '\r'; | |
5791 #else | |
5792 p[i] = '\n'; | |
5793 #endif | |
5794 lnum++; | |
5795 j = -1; | |
5796 } | |
5797 else | |
5798 p[i] = y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j]; | |
5799 } | |
5800 return y_ptr->y_type; | |
5801 } | |
5802 | |
5803 | |
5804 # if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
5805 /* | |
5806 * If we have written to a clipboard register, send the text to the clipboard. | |
5807 */ | |
5808 static void | |
5809 may_set_selection() | |
5810 { | |
5811 if (y_current == &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]) && clip_star.available) | |
5812 { | |
5813 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
5814 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
5815 } | |
5816 else if (y_current == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]) && clip_plus.available) | |
5817 { | |
5818 clip_own_selection(&clip_plus); | |
5819 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_plus); | |
5820 } | |
5821 } | |
5822 # endif | |
5823 | |
5824 #endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD || PROTO */ | |
5825 | |
5826 | |
5827 #if defined(FEAT_DND) || defined(PROTO) | |
5828 /* | |
5829 * Replace the contents of the '~' register with str. | |
5830 */ | |
5831 void | |
5832 dnd_yank_drag_data(str, len) | |
5833 char_u *str; | |
5834 long len; | |
5835 { | |
5836 struct yankreg *curr; | |
5837 | |
5838 curr = y_current; | |
5839 y_current = &y_regs[TILDE_REGISTER]; | |
5840 free_yank_all(); | |
5841 str_to_reg(y_current, MCHAR, str, len, 0L); | |
5842 y_current = curr; | |
5843 } | |
5844 #endif | |
5845 | |
5846 | |
5847 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
5848 /* | |
5849 * Return the type of a register. | |
5850 * Used for getregtype() | |
5851 * Returns MAUTO for error. | |
5852 */ | |
5853 char_u | |
5854 get_reg_type(regname, reglen) | |
5855 int regname; | |
5856 long *reglen; | |
5857 { | |
5858 switch (regname) | |
5859 { | |
5860 case '%': /* file name */ | |
5861 case '#': /* alternate file name */ | |
5862 case '=': /* expression */ | |
5863 case ':': /* last command line */ | |
5864 case '/': /* last search-pattern */ | |
5865 case '.': /* last inserted text */ | |
5866 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
5867 case Ctrl_F: /* Filename under cursor */ | |
5868 case Ctrl_P: /* Path under cursor, expand via "path" */ | |
5869 #endif | |
5870 case Ctrl_W: /* word under cursor */ | |
5871 case Ctrl_A: /* WORD (mnemonic All) under cursor */ | |
5872 case '_': /* black hole: always empty */ | |
5873 return MCHAR; | |
5874 } | |
5875 | |
5876 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
5877 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
5878 #endif | |
5879 | |
5880 /* Should we check for a valid name? */ | |
5881 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
5882 | |
5883 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
5884 { | |
5885 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5886 if (reglen != NULL && y_current->y_type == MBLOCK) | |
5887 *reglen = y_current->y_width; | |
5888 #endif | |
5889 return y_current->y_type; | |
5890 } | |
5891 return MAUTO; | |
5892 } | |
5893 | |
5894 /* | |
5895 * Return the contents of a register as a single allocated string. | |
5896 * Used for "@r" in expressions and for getreg(). | |
5897 * Returns NULL for error. | |
5898 */ | |
5899 char_u * | |
283 | 5900 get_reg_contents(regname, allowexpr, expr_src) |
7 | 5901 int regname; |
283 | 5902 int allowexpr; /* allow "=" register */ |
5903 int expr_src; /* get expression for "=" register */ | |
7 | 5904 { |
5905 long i; | |
5906 char_u *retval; | |
5907 int allocated; | |
5908 long len; | |
5909 | |
5910 /* Don't allow using an expression register inside an expression */ | |
5911 if (regname == '=') | |
5912 { | |
5913 if (allowexpr) | |
283 | 5914 { |
5915 if (expr_src) | |
5916 return get_expr_line_src(); | |
7 | 5917 return get_expr_line(); |
283 | 5918 } |
7 | 5919 return NULL; |
5920 } | |
5921 | |
5922 if (regname == '@') /* "@@" is used for unnamed register */ | |
5923 regname = '"'; | |
5924 | |
5925 /* check for valid regname */ | |
5926 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
5927 return NULL; | |
5928 | |
5929 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
5930 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
5931 #endif | |
5932 | |
5933 if (get_spec_reg(regname, &retval, &allocated, FALSE)) | |
5934 { | |
5935 if (retval == NULL) | |
5936 return NULL; | |
5937 if (!allocated) | |
5938 retval = vim_strsave(retval); | |
5939 return retval; | |
5940 } | |
5941 | |
5942 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
5943 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
5944 return NULL; | |
5945 | |
5946 /* | |
5947 * Compute length of resulting string. | |
5948 */ | |
5949 len = 0; | |
5950 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
5951 { | |
5952 len += (long)STRLEN(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
5953 /* | |
5954 * Insert a newline between lines and after last line if | |
5955 * y_type is MLINE. | |
5956 */ | |
5957 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
5958 ++len; | |
5959 } | |
5960 | |
5961 retval = lalloc(len + 1, TRUE); | |
5962 | |
5963 /* | |
5964 * Copy the lines of the yank register into the string. | |
5965 */ | |
5966 if (retval != NULL) | |
5967 { | |
5968 len = 0; | |
5969 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
5970 { | |
5971 STRCPY(retval + len, y_current->y_array[i]); | |
5972 len += (long)STRLEN(retval + len); | |
5973 | |
5974 /* | |
5975 * Insert a NL between lines and after the last line if y_type is | |
5976 * MLINE. | |
5977 */ | |
5978 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
5979 retval[len++] = '\n'; | |
5980 } | |
5981 retval[len] = NUL; | |
5982 } | |
5983 | |
5984 return retval; | |
5985 } | |
5986 | |
5987 /* | |
5988 * Store string "str" in register "name". | |
5989 * "maxlen" is the maximum number of bytes to use, -1 for all bytes. | |
5990 * If "must_append" is TRUE, always append to the register. Otherwise append | |
5991 * if "name" is an uppercase letter. | |
5992 * Note: "maxlen" and "must_append" don't work for the "/" register. | |
5993 * Careful: 'str' is modified, you may have to use a copy! | |
5994 * If "str" ends in '\n' or '\r', use linewise, otherwise use characterwise. | |
5995 */ | |
5996 void | |
5997 write_reg_contents(name, str, maxlen, must_append) | |
5998 int name; | |
5999 char_u *str; | |
6000 int maxlen; | |
6001 int must_append; | |
6002 { | |
6003 write_reg_contents_ex(name, str, maxlen, must_append, MAUTO, 0L); | |
6004 } | |
6005 | |
6006 void | |
6007 write_reg_contents_ex(name, str, maxlen, must_append, yank_type, block_len) | |
6008 int name; | |
6009 char_u *str; | |
6010 int maxlen; | |
6011 int must_append; | |
6012 int yank_type; | |
6013 long block_len; | |
6014 { | |
6015 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
6016 long len; | |
6017 | |
336 | 6018 if (maxlen >= 0) |
6019 len = maxlen; | |
6020 else | |
6021 len = (long)STRLEN(str); | |
6022 | |
7 | 6023 /* Special case: '/' search pattern */ |
6024 if (name == '/') | |
6025 { | |
6026 set_last_search_pat(str, RE_SEARCH, TRUE, TRUE); | |
6027 return; | |
6028 } | |
6029 | |
336 | 6030 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
6031 if (name == '=') | |
6032 { | |
6033 char_u *p, *s; | |
6034 | |
6035 p = vim_strnsave(str, (int)len); | |
6036 if (p == NULL) | |
6037 return; | |
6038 if (must_append) | |
6039 { | |
6040 s = concat_str(get_expr_line_src(), p); | |
6041 vim_free(p); | |
6042 p = s; | |
6043 | |
6044 } | |
6045 set_expr_line(p); | |
6046 return; | |
6047 } | |
6048 #endif | |
6049 | |
7 | 6050 if (!valid_yank_reg(name, TRUE)) /* check for valid reg name */ |
6051 { | |
168 | 6052 emsg_invreg(name); |
7 | 6053 return; |
6054 } | |
6055 | |
6056 if (name == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ | |
6057 return; | |
6058 | |
6059 /* Don't want to change the current (unnamed) register */ | |
6060 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
6061 old_y_current = y_current; | |
6062 | |
6063 get_yank_register(name, TRUE); | |
6064 if (!y_append && !must_append) | |
6065 free_yank_all(); | |
6066 #ifndef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6067 /* Just in case - make sure we don't use MBLOCK */ | |
6068 if (yank_type == MBLOCK) | |
6069 yank_type = MAUTO; | |
6070 #endif | |
6071 if (yank_type == MAUTO) | |
6072 yank_type = ((len > 0 && (str[len - 1] == '\n' || str[len - 1] == '\r')) | |
6073 ? MLINE : MCHAR); | |
6074 str_to_reg(y_current, yank_type, str, len, block_len); | |
6075 | |
6076 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
6077 /* Send text of clipboard register to the clipboard. */ | |
6078 may_set_selection(); | |
6079 # endif | |
6080 | |
6081 /* ':let @" = "val"' should change the meaning of the "" register */ | |
6082 if (name != '"') | |
6083 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
6084 y_current = old_y_current; | |
6085 } | |
6086 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ | |
6087 | |
6088 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
6089 /* | |
6090 * Put a string into a register. When the register is not empty, the string | |
6091 * is appended. | |
6092 */ | |
6093 static void | |
6094 str_to_reg(y_ptr, type, str, len, blocklen) | |
6095 struct yankreg *y_ptr; /* pointer to yank register */ | |
6096 int type; /* MCHAR, MLINE or MBLOCK */ | |
6097 char_u *str; /* string to put in register */ | |
6098 long len; /* length of string */ | |
6099 long blocklen; /* width of Visual block */ | |
6100 { | |
6101 int lnum; | |
6102 long start; | |
6103 long i; | |
6104 int extra; | |
6105 int newlines; /* number of lines added */ | |
6106 int extraline = 0; /* extra line at the end */ | |
6107 int append = FALSE; /* append to last line in register */ | |
6108 char_u *s; | |
6109 char_u **pp; | |
6110 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6111 long maxlen; | |
6112 #endif | |
6113 | |
2000 | 6114 if (y_ptr->y_array == NULL) /* NULL means empty register */ |
7 | 6115 y_ptr->y_size = 0; |
6116 | |
6117 /* | |
6118 * Count the number of lines within the string | |
6119 */ | |
6120 newlines = 0; | |
6121 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
6122 if (str[i] == '\n') | |
6123 ++newlines; | |
6124 if (type == MCHAR || len == 0 || str[len - 1] != '\n') | |
6125 { | |
6126 extraline = 1; | |
6127 ++newlines; /* count extra newline at the end */ | |
6128 } | |
6129 if (y_ptr->y_size > 0 && y_ptr->y_type == MCHAR) | |
6130 { | |
6131 append = TRUE; | |
6132 --newlines; /* uncount newline when appending first line */ | |
6133 } | |
6134 | |
6135 /* | |
6136 * Allocate an array to hold the pointers to the new register lines. | |
6137 * If the register was not empty, move the existing lines to the new array. | |
6138 */ | |
6139 pp = (char_u **)lalloc_clear((y_ptr->y_size + newlines) | |
6140 * sizeof(char_u *), TRUE); | |
6141 if (pp == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
6142 return; | |
6143 for (lnum = 0; lnum < y_ptr->y_size; ++lnum) | |
6144 pp[lnum] = y_ptr->y_array[lnum]; | |
6145 vim_free(y_ptr->y_array); | |
6146 y_ptr->y_array = pp; | |
6147 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6148 maxlen = 0; | |
6149 #endif | |
6150 | |
6151 /* | |
6152 * Find the end of each line and save it into the array. | |
6153 */ | |
6154 for (start = 0; start < len + extraline; start += i + 1) | |
6155 { | |
6156 for (i = start; i < len; ++i) /* find the end of the line */ | |
6157 if (str[i] == '\n') | |
6158 break; | |
6159 i -= start; /* i is now length of line */ | |
6160 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6161 if (i > maxlen) | |
6162 maxlen = i; | |
6163 #endif | |
6164 if (append) | |
6165 { | |
6166 --lnum; | |
6167 extra = (int)STRLEN(y_ptr->y_array[lnum]); | |
6168 } | |
6169 else | |
6170 extra = 0; | |
6171 s = alloc((unsigned)(i + extra + 1)); | |
6172 if (s == NULL) | |
6173 break; | |
6174 if (extra) | |
6175 mch_memmove(s, y_ptr->y_array[lnum], (size_t)extra); | |
6176 if (append) | |
6177 vim_free(y_ptr->y_array[lnum]); | |
6178 if (i) | |
6179 mch_memmove(s + extra, str + start, (size_t)i); | |
6180 extra += i; | |
6181 s[extra] = NUL; | |
6182 y_ptr->y_array[lnum++] = s; | |
6183 while (--extra >= 0) | |
6184 { | |
6185 if (*s == NUL) | |
6186 *s = '\n'; /* replace NUL with newline */ | |
6187 ++s; | |
6188 } | |
6189 append = FALSE; /* only first line is appended */ | |
6190 } | |
6191 y_ptr->y_type = type; | |
6192 y_ptr->y_size = lnum; | |
6193 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6194 if (type == MBLOCK) | |
6195 y_ptr->y_width = (blocklen < 0 ? maxlen - 1 : blocklen); | |
6196 else | |
6197 y_ptr->y_width = 0; | |
6198 # endif | |
6199 } | |
6200 #endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD || FEAT_EVAL || PROTO */ | |
6201 | |
6202 void | |
6203 clear_oparg(oap) | |
6204 oparg_T *oap; | |
6205 { | |
6206 vim_memset(oap, 0, sizeof(oparg_T)); | |
6207 } | |
6208 | |
161 | 6209 static long line_count_info __ARGS((char_u *line, long *wc, long *cc, long limit, int eol_size)); |
7 | 6210 |
6211 /* | |
161 | 6212 * Count the number of bytes, characters and "words" in a line. |
7 | 6213 * |
6214 * "Words" are counted by looking for boundaries between non-space and | |
6215 * space characters. (it seems to produce results that match 'wc'.) | |
6216 * | |
161 | 6217 * Return value is byte count; word count for the line is added to "*wc". |
6218 * Char count is added to "*cc". | |
7 | 6219 * |
6220 * The function will only examine the first "limit" characters in the | |
6221 * line, stopping if it encounters an end-of-line (NUL byte). In that | |
6222 * case, eol_size will be added to the character count to account for | |
6223 * the size of the EOL character. | |
6224 */ | |
6225 static long | |
161 | 6226 line_count_info(line, wc, cc, limit, eol_size) |
7 | 6227 char_u *line; |
6228 long *wc; | |
161 | 6229 long *cc; |
7 | 6230 long limit; |
6231 int eol_size; | |
6232 { | |
161 | 6233 long i; |
6234 long words = 0; | |
6235 long chars = 0; | |
7 | 6236 int is_word = 0; |
6237 | |
161 | 6238 for (i = 0; line[i] && i < limit; ) |
7 | 6239 { |
6240 if (is_word) | |
6241 { | |
6242 if (vim_isspace(line[i])) | |
6243 { | |
6244 words++; | |
6245 is_word = 0; | |
6246 } | |
6247 } | |
6248 else if (!vim_isspace(line[i])) | |
6249 is_word = 1; | |
161 | 6250 ++chars; |
6251 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 6252 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + i); |
161 | 6253 #else |
6254 ++i; | |
6255 #endif | |
7 | 6256 } |
6257 | |
6258 if (is_word) | |
6259 words++; | |
6260 *wc += words; | |
6261 | |
6262 /* Add eol_size if the end of line was reached before hitting limit. */ | |
161 | 6263 if (line[i] == NUL && i < limit) |
6264 { | |
7 | 6265 i += eol_size; |
161 | 6266 chars += eol_size; |
6267 } | |
6268 *cc += chars; | |
7 | 6269 return i; |
6270 } | |
6271 | |
6272 /* | |
6273 * Give some info about the position of the cursor (for "g CTRL-G"). | |
6274 * In Visual mode, give some info about the selected region. (In this case, | |
6275 * the *_count_cursor variables store running totals for the selection.) | |
6276 */ | |
6277 void | |
6278 cursor_pos_info() | |
6279 { | |
6280 char_u *p; | |
274 | 6281 char_u buf1[50]; |
6282 char_u buf2[40]; | |
7 | 6283 linenr_T lnum; |
161 | 6284 long byte_count = 0; |
6285 long byte_count_cursor = 0; | |
7 | 6286 long char_count = 0; |
6287 long char_count_cursor = 0; | |
161 | 6288 long word_count = 0; |
6289 long word_count_cursor = 0; | |
7 | 6290 int eol_size; |
6291 long last_check = 100000L; | |
6292 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6293 long line_count_selected = 0; | |
6294 pos_T min_pos, max_pos; | |
6295 oparg_T oparg; | |
6296 struct block_def bd; | |
6297 #endif | |
6298 | |
6299 /* | |
6300 * Compute the length of the file in characters. | |
6301 */ | |
6302 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) | |
6303 { | |
6304 MSG(_(no_lines_msg)); | |
6305 } | |
6306 else | |
6307 { | |
6308 if (get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_DOS) | |
6309 eol_size = 2; | |
6310 else | |
6311 eol_size = 1; | |
6312 | |
6313 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6314 if (VIsual_active) | |
6315 { | |
6316 if (lt(VIsual, curwin->w_cursor)) | |
6317 { | |
6318 min_pos = VIsual; | |
6319 max_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6320 } | |
6321 else | |
6322 { | |
6323 min_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6324 max_pos = VIsual; | |
6325 } | |
6326 if (*p_sel == 'e' && max_pos.col > 0) | |
6327 --max_pos.col; | |
6328 | |
6329 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
6330 { | |
1866 | 6331 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
6332 char_u * saved_sbr = p_sbr; | |
6333 | |
6334 /* Make 'sbr' empty for a moment to get the correct size. */ | |
6335 p_sbr = empty_option; | |
6336 #endif | |
7 | 6337 oparg.is_VIsual = 1; |
6338 oparg.block_mode = TRUE; | |
6339 oparg.op_type = OP_NOP; | |
6340 getvcols(curwin, &min_pos, &max_pos, | |
688 | 6341 &oparg.start_vcol, &oparg.end_vcol); |
1866 | 6342 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
6343 p_sbr = saved_sbr; | |
6344 #endif | |
688 | 6345 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) |
6346 oparg.end_vcol = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 6347 /* Swap the start, end vcol if needed */ |
6348 if (oparg.end_vcol < oparg.start_vcol) | |
6349 { | |
6350 oparg.end_vcol += oparg.start_vcol; | |
6351 oparg.start_vcol = oparg.end_vcol - oparg.start_vcol; | |
6352 oparg.end_vcol -= oparg.start_vcol; | |
6353 } | |
6354 } | |
6355 line_count_selected = max_pos.lnum - min_pos.lnum + 1; | |
6356 } | |
6357 #endif | |
6358 | |
6359 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) | |
6360 { | |
6361 /* Check for a CTRL-C every 100000 characters. */ | |
161 | 6362 if (byte_count > last_check) |
7 | 6363 { |
6364 ui_breakcheck(); | |
6365 if (got_int) | |
6366 return; | |
161 | 6367 last_check = byte_count + 100000L; |
7 | 6368 } |
6369 | |
6370 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6371 /* Do extra processing for VIsual mode. */ | |
6372 if (VIsual_active | |
6373 && lnum >= min_pos.lnum && lnum <= max_pos.lnum) | |
6374 { | |
45 | 6375 char_u *s = NULL; |
6376 long len = 0L; | |
6377 | |
7 | 6378 switch (VIsual_mode) |
6379 { | |
6380 case Ctrl_V: | |
6381 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6382 virtual_op = virtual_active(); | |
6383 # endif | |
6384 block_prep(&oparg, &bd, lnum, 0); | |
6385 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6386 virtual_op = MAYBE; | |
6387 # endif | |
45 | 6388 s = bd.textstart; |
6389 len = (long)bd.textlen; | |
7 | 6390 break; |
6391 case 'V': | |
45 | 6392 s = ml_get(lnum); |
6393 len = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 6394 break; |
6395 case 'v': | |
6396 { | |
6397 colnr_T start_col = (lnum == min_pos.lnum) | |
6398 ? min_pos.col : 0; | |
6399 colnr_T end_col = (lnum == max_pos.lnum) | |
6400 ? max_pos.col - start_col + 1 : MAXCOL; | |
6401 | |
45 | 6402 s = ml_get(lnum) + start_col; |
6403 len = end_col; | |
7 | 6404 } |
6405 break; | |
6406 } | |
45 | 6407 if (s != NULL) |
6408 { | |
161 | 6409 byte_count_cursor += line_count_info(s, &word_count_cursor, |
6410 &char_count_cursor, len, eol_size); | |
45 | 6411 if (lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count |
6412 && !curbuf->b_p_eol | |
6413 && curbuf->b_p_bin | |
50 | 6414 && (long)STRLEN(s) < len) |
161 | 6415 byte_count_cursor -= eol_size; |
45 | 6416 } |
7 | 6417 } |
6418 else | |
6419 #endif | |
6420 { | |
6421 /* In non-visual mode, check for the line the cursor is on */ | |
6422 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
6423 { | |
6424 word_count_cursor += word_count; | |
161 | 6425 char_count_cursor += char_count; |
6426 byte_count_cursor = byte_count + | |
6427 line_count_info(ml_get(lnum), | |
6428 &word_count_cursor, &char_count_cursor, | |
7 | 6429 (long)(curwin->w_cursor.col + 1), eol_size); |
6430 } | |
6431 } | |
6432 /* Add to the running totals */ | |
161 | 6433 byte_count += line_count_info(ml_get(lnum), &word_count, |
6434 &char_count, (long)MAXCOL, eol_size); | |
7 | 6435 } |
6436 | |
6437 /* Correction for when last line doesn't have an EOL. */ | |
6438 if (!curbuf->b_p_eol && curbuf->b_p_bin) | |
161 | 6439 byte_count -= eol_size; |
7 | 6440 |
6441 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6442 if (VIsual_active) | |
6443 { | |
688 | 6444 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V && curwin->w_curswant < MAXCOL) |
7 | 6445 { |
6446 getvcols(curwin, &min_pos, &max_pos, &min_pos.col, | |
688 | 6447 &max_pos.col); |
1869 | 6448 vim_snprintf((char *)buf1, sizeof(buf1), _("%ld Cols; "), |
7 | 6449 (long)(oparg.end_vcol - oparg.start_vcol + 1)); |
6450 } | |
6451 else | |
6452 buf1[0] = NUL; | |
6453 | |
161 | 6454 if (char_count_cursor == byte_count_cursor |
274 | 6455 && char_count == byte_count) |
1869 | 6456 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6457 _("Selected %s%ld of %ld Lines; %ld of %ld Words; %ld of %ld Bytes"), | |
7 | 6458 buf1, line_count_selected, |
6459 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6460 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
161 | 6461 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); |
6462 else | |
1869 | 6463 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6464 _("Selected %s%ld of %ld Lines; %ld of %ld Words; %ld of %ld Chars; %ld of %ld Bytes"), | |
161 | 6465 buf1, line_count_selected, |
6466 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6467 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
6468 char_count_cursor, char_count, | |
6469 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); | |
7 | 6470 } |
6471 else | |
6472 #endif | |
6473 { | |
6474 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
6475 validate_virtcol(); | |
1869 | 6476 col_print(buf1, sizeof(buf1), (int)curwin->w_cursor.col + 1, |
7 | 6477 (int)curwin->w_virtcol + 1); |
1869 | 6478 col_print(buf2, sizeof(buf2), (int)STRLEN(p), linetabsize(p)); |
7 | 6479 |
161 | 6480 if (char_count_cursor == byte_count_cursor |
6481 && char_count == byte_count) | |
1869 | 6482 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6483 _("Col %s of %s; Line %ld of %ld; Word %ld of %ld; Byte %ld of %ld"), | |
7 | 6484 (char *)buf1, (char *)buf2, |
6485 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
6486 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6487 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
161 | 6488 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); |
6489 else | |
1869 | 6490 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6491 _("Col %s of %s; Line %ld of %ld; Word %ld of %ld; Char %ld of %ld; Byte %ld of %ld"), | |
161 | 6492 (char *)buf1, (char *)buf2, |
6493 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
6494 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6495 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
6496 char_count_cursor, char_count, | |
6497 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); | |
7 | 6498 } |
6499 | |
6500 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
161 | 6501 byte_count = bomb_size(); |
6502 if (byte_count > 0) | |
7 | 6503 sprintf((char *)IObuff + STRLEN(IObuff), _("(+%ld for BOM)"), |
161 | 6504 byte_count); |
7 | 6505 #endif |
6506 /* Don't shorten this message, the user asked for it. */ | |
6507 p = p_shm; | |
6508 p_shm = (char_u *)""; | |
6509 msg(IObuff); | |
6510 p_shm = p; | |
6511 } | |
6512 } |